proposed naphtha hydro treatment unit (nhdt) &90 ktpa …
TRANSCRIPT
EIA Report
1
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
For
Proposed Naphtha Hydro Treatment
Unit (NHDT)
&90 KTPA Semi Regenerative Type
Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU) within
the Existing Refinery Complex
AT
Patta No 54 and Dag No 1 Village: Noonmati Taluk: Guwahati
District: Kamrup
State: Assam
[Project termed under Schedule 4(a) Category ‘A’ – Petroleum Refining Industry as per EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments]
Submitted by:
INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED, GUWAHATI REFINERY
(IOCL GUWAHATI REFINERY)
EIA CONSULTANT:
(NABET Accredited vide Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 & MoEF Recognized Lab vide F. No. Q-15018/29/2007-CPW)
HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LTD, CHENNAI
September 2020
EIA Report
2
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization
I, Dr. J R Moses hereby, confirm that the below mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP
for the “Proposed Naphtha Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) & 90 KTPA Semi
Regenerative Type Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)” at Patta No 54 & Dag No1,
Noonmati Village, Guwahati Taluk, Kamrup District, Assam State by M/s. Indian
Oil Corporation Limited and also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any
misleading information mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Date: 05/09/2020
Name: Dr. J.R Moses
Designation: CEO
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,
Chennai.
NABET Certificate No & Validity: NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 & 29.09.2020.
EIA Report
3
Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIA
I hereby certify that I was involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP for the “Proposed
Naphtha Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) & 90 KTPA Semi Regenerative Type
Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)” at Patta No 54 & Dag No1, Noonmati Village,
Guwahati Taluk, Kamrup District, Assam State by M/s. Indian Oil Corporation
Limited as EIA Coordinator with the support of the following Functional Area Experts.
EIA Coordinator
Name: Dr. J R Moses
Signature:
Date:07/09/2020
Contact Information:
Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,
# A-21, Phase III, Behind Lions Club School,
Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,
Chennai – 600032.
Tamil Nadu, India.
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.hecs.in
Functional Area Experts (FAEs):
S. No.
Functional Areas
Name of the Expert Signature Duration of Involvement
1. AP
FAE
Dr. J R Moses
Dec 2017 till date
Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru
Dec 2017 till date
FAA Mr. M Ramesh Kumaran
Oct 2018 till date
2. AQ FAE
Dr. J R Moses
Dec 2017 till date
Mr. B Harsha Vardhan
Dec 2017- Feb 2020
FAA Mr. M Ramesh Kumaran
Oct 2018 till date
3. WP FAE
Dr. J R Moses
Dec 2017 till date
Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru
Dec 2017 till date
FAA
Mr. Chengalvarayan
Dec 2017 till date
4. SHW FAE Mr. A. Manoharan
Dec 2017 till date
EIA Report
4
S. No.
Functional Areas
Name of the Expert Signature Duration of Involvement
Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru
Dec 2017 till
date
Mrs T. Rajani (HW) Dec 2017 till
date
5. SE FAE Mr. V. Dhivakar
Dec 2017 till date
6. EB FAE Mr. A. Manoharan
Dec 2017 till date
Dr. Rajkumar Samuel
Dec 2017 till date
7. HG FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao
Dec 2017 till date
8. Geo FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao
Dec 2017 till date
9. N FAE Mr. Vivek P. Navare
Dec 2017 till date
Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Dec 2017 till date
10. LU FAE Mr. Venkateswarlu Rachala
Dec 2017 till
date
Mr. N. Varadharajan
Dec 2017 till date
11. RH FAE Dr. J R Moses
Dec 2017 till date
12. SC FAE Mr. A. Manoharan
Dec 2017 till date
AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and control
AQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and prediction
EB - Ecology and biodiversity
HG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservation
Geo - Geology
LU - Land use
N - Noise & Vibration
RH - Risk assessment and hazards management
SC - Soil conservation
SE - Socio-economics
SHW - Solid and hazardous waste management
WP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control
EIA Report
5
Acknowledgement
The following personnel are gratefully acknowledged for their fullest support in collection,
compilation of needful data regarding the project and kind cooperation in fulfilling the report
on EIA/ EMP for “Proposed Naphtha Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) & 90 KTPA
Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)” at Patta No 54 & Dag
No1, Noonmati Village, Guwahati Taluk, Kamrup District, Assam State by M/s.
Indian Oil Corporation Limited.
M/s. Indian Oil Corporation Limited
1. Mrs. Monika Das – DGM (HSE)
2. Mrs. Gayatri Laskar – Senior Manager (HSE)
3. Mr. Rajendra Prasad – Process Manager
and others
Ms. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd.
1. Dr.J.R.Moses - CEO and EIA Coordinator
2. Dr.Rajkumar Samuel – Director Technical
3. Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru – Consultancy Head
4. Ms. Rekha - Trainee Consultant
EIA Report
6
Table of Contents 1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................. 30
1.1. Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 30
1.2. EIA Requirement ................................................................................................................ 31
1.2.1. Nature, Size, Location of the Project ............................................................................... 31
1.2.2. Importance of the Project to the Country, Region ......................................................... 33
1.3. Methodology Adopted for the Study ................................................................................ 33
1.4. Objectives of the EIA Report ............................................................................................ 34
1.5. Scope of Work .................................................................................................................... 34
1.6. Methodology adopted for the Study ................................................................................ 36
1.7. Applicable Regulatory Framework ................................................................................... 36
1.8 ToR Compliance ................................................................................................................. 40
1.9 ADS Compliance submitted by IOC Guwahati is enclosed ......................................... 53
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................. 56
2.1 Project Description ............................................................................................................. 56
2.1.1 Type of Project ............................................................................................................ 56
2.2 Need of the Project ............................................................................................................ 56
2.3 Site Location ....................................................................................................................... 57
2.4 Existing environmental setup............................................................................................ 62
2.5 Project Cost ......................................................................................................................... 63
2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation ..................................................... 63
2.7 Project Details ..................................................................................................................... 64
2.7.1 Existing Facility ........................................................................................................... 64
2.7.2 Firefightingappliances/equipments/chemicals ....................................................... 68
2.7.3 Proposed Facility ........................................................................................................ 69
2.8 Material Balance ................................................................................................................. 75
2.9 Fuel Oil Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 76
2.10 Sulfur Balance ..................................................................................................................... 76
2.11 Plot area............................................................................................................................... 77
2.11.1 Site Photographs ........................................................................................................ 77
2.11.2 Land Area Breakup .................................................................................................... 77
2.12 Man Power Requirement .................................................................................................. 81
2.13 Power & Fuel Requirements ............................................................................................. 81
2.14 Water Requirement ............................................................................................................ 81
EIA Report
7
2.15 Source of water Supply ..................................................................................................... 86
2.16 Water Pollution Control Measures ................................................................................... 86
2.17 Air Pollution Control Measures ......................................................................................... 86
2.18 Green Belt ........................................................................................................................... 87
2.19 Municipal Solid Waste Management ............................................................................... 89
2.20 Hazardous Waste Management ...................................................................................... 90
3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................ 93
3.1 Preamble ............................................................................................................................. 93
3.2 Study Area ........................................................................................................................... 93
3.3 Description of the Study Area ........................................................................................... 94
3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas ................................................................ 96
3.5 Physical Conditions .......................................................................................................... 100
3.5.1 PIA District Profile .................................................................................................... 100
3.5.2 Climatic Conditions .................................................................................................. 100
3.5.3 Natural Resources.................................................................................................... 101
3.5.4 Land Use & Land Cover .......................................................................................... 106
3.5.5 Topography ............................................................................................................... 112
3.5.6 Geology of PIA District ............................................................................................ 116
3.5.7 Geomorphology of PIA District ............................................................................... 116
3.5.8 Hydrogeology of PIA District ................................................................................... 119
3.5.9 Drainage Pattern in PIA District ............................................................................. 120
3.5.10 Soils in PIA District ................................................................................................... 122
3.5.11 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District .............. 122
3.5.12 Floods in PIA district ................................................................................................ 123
3.5.13 Seismicity ................................................................................................................... 123
3.6 Air Environment ................................................................................................................ 125
3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions ....................................................................................... 125
3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection .............................................................................. 125
3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality .................................................................................................. 128
3.7 Noise Environment ........................................................................................................... 135
3.7.1 Results and Discussions ......................................................................................... 135
3.7.2 Observations ............................................................................................................. 136
3.8 Water Environment .......................................................................................................... 138
3.8.1 Surface Water Resources ....................................................................................... 138
EIA Report
8
3.8.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment ....................................................................... 138
3.8.3 Results and Discussions ......................................................................................... 143
3.9 Groundwater Resources ................................................................................................. 144
3.9.1 Groundwater Quality ................................................................................................ 145
3.9.2 Results and Discussions ......................................................................................... 149
3.10 Soil as a resource and its Quality .................................................................................. 149
3.10.1 Results and Discussions ......................................................................................... 153
3.11 Biological Environment .................................................................................................... 154
3.11.1 Flora ........................................................................................................................... 154
3.11.2 Fauna ............................................................................................................................. 161
3.11.3 Wildlife conservation plan ....................................................................................... 169
3.12 Socio Economic Profile of Project Influenced Area ............................................................. 170
3.12.1 Socio Economic Aspects ......................................................................................... 170
3.12.2 Socio Economic profile of the study area ............................................................. 171
3.12.3 Education ................................................................................................................... 171
3.12.4 Occupation ................................................................................................................ 174
3.12.5 Health ......................................................................................................................... 178
3.12.6 Infrastructure ............................................................................................................. 178
3.12.7 Project area Socio Economic Indicators ............................................................... 178
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ...................... 180
4.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 180
4.2 Proposed Project Activities ............................................................................................. 180
4.3 Construction Phase .......................................................................................................... 180
4.3.1 Impacts during Construction Phase .............................................................................. 181
4.3.2 Mitigation Measures for Construction Phase ............................................................... 181
4.5 Operation Phase ............................................................................................................... 186
4.5.1 Impacts during Operational Phase ................................................................................ 186
4.6 Air Environment ................................................................................................................ 187
4.6.1 Meteorological data .................................................................................................. 187
4.6.2 AERMET Process .................................................................................................... 188
4.6.3 AERMOD Process.................................................................................................... 188
4.6.3.1 Mitigation Measures for Reduction of Emissions at Source .......................... 195
4.6.3.1.1 Air Pollution ControlSystem ................................................................................ 195
4.6.3.1.2 Coke Boiler ............................................................................................................ 195
EIA Report
9
4.6.4 Impacts due to Traffic and Transportation ............................................................ 196
4.7 Noise Environment ........................................................................................................... 197
4.7.1 Impact................................................................................................................................. 197
4.7.2 Mitigation Measure ........................................................................................................... 198
4.8 Water Environment .......................................................................................................... 199
4.8.1 Impacts on Surface Water Bodies ................................................................................. 199
4.8.3 Impacts Due to Wastewater Generation ....................................................................... 200
4.8.5 Wastewater Quality, Quantity and Treatment Method ............................................... 201
4.8.6 Process Description ......................................................................................................... 202
4.9 Land Environment ............................................................................................................ 207
4.9.1 Potential Impact Due to Location ................................................................................... 207
4.9.2 Impacts Due to Changes in Land Use Pattern ............................................................ 207
4.9.3 Potential Impact Due to Construction ............................................................................ 207
4.9.4 Impact on Local Infrastructure ........................................................................................ 208
4.9.5 Potential Impact Due to Operation ................................................................................ 208
4.9.6 Impacts-Soil Contamination ............................................................................................ 209
4.10 Flora & Fauna ................................................................................................................... 209
4.10.1 Potential Impacts during Construction .......................................................................... 209
4.10.2 Potential Impacts during Operational Stage ................................................................ 210
4.11 Solid Waste Management ............................................................................................... 210
4.11.1 Impact Due to Solid Waste Generation ........................................................................ 210
4.11.2 Solid Waste Management ............................................................................................... 211
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ................................................................................................. 213
5.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 213
5.2 Site Alternative .................................................................................................................. 213
5.3 Water Supply Alternative ................................................................................................. 213
5.4 Technology Alternative .................................................................................................... 213
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ....................................................................... 215
6.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 215
6.2 Environmental Effects Monitoring inEIA ....................................................................... 215
6.2.1 Post Project Environment Monitoring Program ................................................... 216
6.2.2 Monitoring Methodologies ....................................................................................... 217
6.3 Reporting & Documentation............................................................................................ 218
6.4 Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan ................................................................... 218
EIA Report
10
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................................................ 221
7.1 Public Consultation .......................................................................................................... 221
7.2 Risk Assessment .............................................................................................................. 221
7.3 Applicability of Environmental Clearance ..................................................................... 221
7.4 Consent for Existing Operation ...................................................................................... 221
7.5 ToR Issued by MoEF ....................................................................................................... 222
7.6 Copy of Standard ToR ..................................................................................................... 224
8 PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................................... 232
8.1 Project Benefits ................................................................................................................. 232
9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis .......................................................................................... 234
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................... 236
10.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................................ 236
10.2 Objectives of EMP ............................................................................................................ 236
10.3 EMPStructure and Organization .................................................................................... 237
10.4 Emp Roles And Responsibilities .................................................................................... 238
10.5 Environmental Management Plan for Construction Phase ........................................ 239
10.5.1 Air Quality .................................................................................................................. 240
10.5.2 Noise Environment ................................................................................................... 240
10.5.3 Water Quality and Water Resources ..................................................................... 241
10.5.4 Solid Waste ............................................................................................................... 241
10.5.5 Land Environment .................................................................................................... 241
10.5.6 Material Handling Storage and Transportation .................................................... 241
10.5.7 Ecology ...................................................................................................................... 242
10.5.8 Socio Economic ........................................................................................................ 242
10.6 Environmental Management Plan For Operation Phase ........................................... 242
10.6.1 Air Quality Management .................................................................................................. 242
10.6.3 Water and waste water management ................................................................... 244
10.7 Cumulative EMP ............................................................................................................... 246
10.8 Pollution Control at 100% Efficiency ............................................................................. 247
10.9 Occupational Health and Safety .................................................................................... 247
10.9.3 Work Zone Monitoring Equipment’s .............................................................................. 251
10.9.4 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator ............................................................................ 252
10.9.5 Existing Safety System .................................................................................................... 252
10.9.9 Occupational Health Monitoring ..................................................................................... 257
EIA Report
11
10.10 Environmental Management Cell ................................................................................... 258
10.11 Corporate Environmental Policy .................................................................................... 258
10.12 Budgetary Provision for Environmental Management Plan ....................................... 260
10.13 Corporate Social Responsibility ..................................................................................... 260
10.14 Corporate Environmental Responsibility(CER) ........................................................... 260
11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ....................................................................................................... 263
11.1 Land Requirement ............................................................................................................ 263
11.2 Water Requirement .......................................................................................................... 264
11.2.1 Wastewater Generation ........................................................................................... 264
11.3 Power & Fuel Requirement ............................................................................................. 265
11.4 Manpower .......................................................................................................................... 265
11.5 Solid Waste ....................................................................................................................... 266
11.6 Hazardous waste Management ..................................................................................... 266
11.7 Baseline Study .................................................................................................................. 268
11.7.1 Ambient Air Quality .................................................................................................. 268
11.7.2 Noise Environment ................................................................................................... 268
11.7.3 Water Environment .................................................................................................. 268
11.7.4 Soil Environment ...................................................................................................... 270
11.7.5 Biological Environment ............................................................................................ 270
11.8 Anticipated Environmental Impacts ............................................................................... 271
11.8.1 Water Environment .................................................................................................. 271
11.8.2 Air Environment ........................................................................................................ 271
11.8.3 Noise Environment ................................................................................................... 272
11.8.4 Pollution Control Measures ..................................................................................... 272
11.9 Air Quality Management .................................................................................................. 272
11.9.1 Fugitive Emission Control Measures ..................................................................... 273
11.10 Noise Monitoring ............................................................................................................... 273
11.11 Water and wastewater management ............................................................................ 273
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ........................................................................................... 275
12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS) ............................. 275
12.2 Quality Policy of HECS .................................................................................................... 278
12.3 QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation ..................................................................................... 278
12.4 Copy of QCI NABET Accreditation ................................................................................ 279
EIA Report
12
List of Tables
Table 1-1 Concentration levels of Pollutants ................................................................................. 26
Table 1-1Chronology of Environmental clearances ...................................................................... 30
Table 1-2Site Boundary Coordinates .............................................................................................. 32
Table 1-3Applicable Acts and Rules for the proposed Refinery project .................................... 38
Table 2-1 Salient features of project site ........................................................................................ 62
Table 2-2 List of major Industries within 10km Radius from the project site ............................. 63
Table 2-3 Time Schedule .................................................................................................................. 64
Table 2-4Production Facilities .......................................................................................................... 65
Table 2-5Thermal Power Station (TPS).......................................................................................... 65
Table 2-6 Storage Facilities .............................................................................................................. 66
Table 2-7 List of firefighting equipments available ........................................................................ 68
Table 2-8Proposed Utilities ............................................................................................................... 74
Table 2-9 NHT Unit ............................................................................................................................ 75
Table 2-10 Semi Regenerative CRU Unit ...................................................................................... 75
Table 2-11 Complex Wide Material Balance .................................................................................. 75
Table 2-12 Fuel Oil Characteristics ................................................................................................. 76
Table 2-13 Fuel gas composition ..................................................................................................... 76
Table 2-14 Sulfur balance for Proposed Revamp ......................................................................... 76
Table 2-15 Land use planning of the Project Site ......................................................................... 78
Table 2-16Construction Phase ......................................................................................................... 81
Table 2-17Operation Phase ............................................................................................................. 81
Table 2-18Fuel requirement & Power Details ................................................................................ 81
Table 2-19 Existing and proposed water requirements ................................................................ 83
Table 2-20 Air Pollution Control Measures .................................................................................... 86
Table 2-21Organic & Inorganic Solid Waste details ..................................................................... 90
Table 2-22 Hazardous Waste details .............................................................................................. 90
Table 2-23Solid waste from proposed CRU Unit .......................................................................... 91
Table 3-1 Environmental Sensitive Areas within 15km radius from Project Boundary ........... 96
Table 3-2 List of Crops produced in Kamrup Rural area ........................................................... 103
Table 3-3List of Crops produced in Kamrup Metropolitan area ................................................ 104
Table 3-4 District land use/land cover statistics for Kamrup district ......................................... 106
Table 3-5 Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area ...................... 109
Table 3-6 Geomorphology of the study area ............................................................................... 117
Table 3-7ClimatologicalSummary – Guwahati Region (1971-2000) ........................................ 126
Table 3-8 Meteorology Data for the Study Period (March - May 2018). .................................. 127
Table 3-9 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................. 129
Table 3-10 Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters(NAAQ) ...... 131
Table 3-11 Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants ........................... 133
Table 3-12 Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels ................................................................... 136
Table 3-13 Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters ......................... 138
Table 3-14 Details of Surface water sampling locations ............................................................ 139
Table 3-15Surface Water Monitoring Results .............................................................................. 141
Table 3-16Surface water Standards.............................................................................................. 143
EIA Report
13
Table 3-17 Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations ............................................ 145
Table 3-18 Physico chemical analysis of Ground water samples from study area................ 147
Table 3-19Soil& Sediment Quality Monitoring Locations ........................................................... 150
Table 3-20Physico Chemical parameters of soil samples from the study area ...................... 152
Table 3-21 List of flora reported/observed in the study area ..................................................... 154
Table 3-22 List of Fauna reported/observed in the study area ................................................. 162
Table 3-23 Social Indicators ........................................................................................................... 170
Table 3-24 Education profile of the project study area ............................................................... 171
Table 3-25Demographic details of the study area ...................................................................... 172
Table 3-26 Occupation details of the project study area ............................................................ 175
Table 3-27 Public Health Facilities of study area ........................................................................ 178
Table 3-28 Infrastructure facility of study area ............................................................................ 178
Table 3-29 Summary ....................................................................................................................... 178
Table 4-1Existing Units Stack Emission details .......................................................................... 189
Table 4-2Proposed CRU Stack Emission details ........................................................................ 190
Table 4-3Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Particulate Matter obtained through
Modeling ............................................................................................................................................ 191
Table 4-4Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Sulfur Di oxide obtained through
Modeling ............................................................................................................................................ 192
Table 4-5Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Oxides of Nitrogen obtained through
Modeling ............................................................................................................................................ 193
Table 4-6 Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions .................................... 194
Table 4-7Vehicular Movement Monitoring .................................................................................... 196
Table 4-8 Existing & Proposed Vehicular movement per Peak hour ....................................... 197
Table 4-9 Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project ................................................... 197
Table 4-10 Characteristics of the treated effluent ....................................................................... 205
Table 4-11 Characteristics of Effluent Generated and Discharged .......................................... 206
Table 6-1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Plan .............................................................. 216
Table 6-2Budgetary allocation for Environmental Monitoring ................................................... 218
Table 7-1Latest Existing Environmental Clearance .................................................................... 221
Table 10-1Responsibility for EMP Implementation ..................................................................... 238
Table 10-2 Air Pollution Control Measures .................................................................................. 243
Table 10-3 Catchment area details ............................................................................................... 245
Table 10-4 Existing Safety Equipments ........................................................................................ 252
Table 10-5 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires .............................................. 252
Table 10-6 Environmental Management Plan Budget ................................................................ 260
Table 11-1 Land breakup ................................................................................................................ 263
Table 11-2 Fuel requirement & Power Details ............................................................................. 265
Table 11-3Construction Phase ....................................................................................................... 265
Table 11-4Operation Phase ........................................................................................................... 265
Table 11-5 Organic & Inorganic Solid Waste Details ................................................................. 266
Table 11-6 Hazardous Waste Details ........................................................................................... 266
Table 11-7 Hazardous waste from proposed CRU Unit ............................................................. 267
Table 11-8 Concentration levels of the Pollutant ........................................................................ 271
Table 11-9Air Pollution Control Measures .................................................................................... 272
EIA Report
14
List of Figures
Figure 1.1 Index map of the project site ......................................................................................... 32
Figure 1.2EIA Process ....................................................................................................................... 37
Figure 2.1 Google image showing salient features within 0- 1 Km radius ............................... 58
Figure 2.2 Google image showing salient features within 0- 5 Km radius ................................ 59
Figure 2.3Google image showing salient features 0- 10 Km Radius Map around the study
region ................................................................................................................................................... 60
Figure 2.4 Google image showing15, 10, 05, 01 Km radius map from the project site ......... 61
Figure 2.5Flow diagram of the NHT process ................................................................................. 70
Figure 2.6Flow chart of semi – regenerative process .................................................................. 72
Figure 2.7Typical Flow Diagram of BENSAT ................................................................................. 74
Figure 2.8Proposed Site Photographs ............................................................................................ 77
Figure2.9 Existing and ProposedSite Layout ................................................................................. 79
Figure2.10Green Belt Area within Refinery Complex demarcated on Google Earth Image .. 80
Figure 2.11Water Balance chart of Existing Unit .......................................................................... 84
Figure 2.12Water Balance for Proposed Unit ................................................................................ 85
Figure2.13 Ecopark at Guwahati Refinery ..................................................................................... 87
Figure2.14 Species in Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery................................................................. 88
Figure2.15 Trees in Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery .................................................................... 89
Figure 3.1 Map showing the Satellite Image of the study area ................................................... 95
Figure 3.2 Environmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boundary ....... 99
Figure 3.3 Geology & Minerals Map of Assam State .................................................................. 105
Figure 3.4 Land Use/Land cover Map of Kamrup District .......................................................... 107
Figure 3.5 Land Use Pattern of PIA district .................................................................................. 108
Figure 3.6 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area .......................................................................... 110
Figure 3.7 Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area ........................................................... 111
Figure 3.8 Topo map of the study area ......................................................................................... 113
Figure 3.9 Physical map of Assam State...................................................................................... 114
Figure 3.10Contour map of Study Area ........................................................................................ 115
Figure 3.11 Geomorphology Pattern of the Study Area ............................................................. 117
Figure 3.12 Geomorphology Map of Study Area ......................................................................... 118
Figure 3.13 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district ............................................................................. 120
Figure 3.14 Drainage map of the study area ............................................................................... 121
Figure 3.15 Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map of India .................................................................. 122
Figure 3.16 Seismicity Map of India .............................................................................................. 124
Figure 3.17 Wind Rose during March - May 2018. ..................................................................... 127
Figure 3.18Atmospheric inversion level at the project site ........................................................ 128
Figure 3.19 Map showing the Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations ................................. 130
Figure 3.20 Trends of Measured Ambient Concentrations in the Study Area ........................ 132
Figure 3.21 Map showing the noise monitoring locations .......................................................... 137
Figure 3.22 Map showing the surface water monitoring locations ........................................... 140
Figure 3.23 Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations ............................................. 146
Figure 3.24 Map showing the soil monitoring location .............................................................. 151
Figure 4.1 Wind rose of meteorology used for Modeling ........................................................... 188
EIA Report
15
Figure 4.2Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of the Study
Area .................................................................................................................................................... 191
Figure 4.3Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km Radius of the Study Area .............. 192
Figure 4.4Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area ............. 193
Figure 4.5 Typical ETP block diagram .......................................................................................... 206
Figure 4.6Waste management ....................................................................................................... 211
Figure 10.1Typical HSE Department Organogram .................................................................... 237
Figure 10.2 Organogram for OHC ................................................................................................. 251
Figure 10.3 EHS policy .................................................................................................................... 259
EIA Report
16
List of Annexure
S. NO Description Page No
1 Land Document 4
2 Existing CTO 11
3 Existing PESO License 23
4 Existing EC Copy 26
5 Certified EC Compliance report 32
6 Site Layout (Existing and Proposed) 61
7 Raw AAQ Monitoring Results 62
8 MSDS of Raw Materials and Products 66
9 Hazardous waste disposal Agreement 95
10 Risk Assessment Report 97
11 Disaster management Plan/ ERDMP 316
12 HSE Policy 762
13 Open Channel Drain layout 763
14 CSR Activities 764
15 Medical Health Checkup Reports 768
16 Proposes Equipment List 769
17 Work Zone monitoring reports 774
18 Details on Flaring system 775
19 Water Cess Paid 776
20 NBWL Clearance Obtained (22/12/2017) 793
21 Compliance report on existing EC conditions
798
22 NBWL Compliance Letter 823
23 Proposed Wildlife Mitigation Plan 824
24 Acknowledgement slip for NBWL recommendation 830
EIA Report
17
Executive Summary
Guwahati Refinery (GR) is the country’s first Public Sector Refinery as well as Indian Oil’s
first Refinery serving the Nation since 1962. Built with Rumanian assistance, the initial crude
processing capacity at the time of commissioning of this Refinery was 0.75 MMTPA and the
Refinery was designed to process a mix of Oil and ONGC crude.
The refining capacity was subsequently enhanced to 1.0 MMTPA with Hydrotreater, ISOM
(MSQ) unit and INDadeptG (demonstration of indigenous technology) units, Refinery is
currently able to produce and supply eco-friendly auto fuels of BS-IV grade. The Refinery
produces various products and supplies them to North Eastern India as well as beyond, up
to Siliguri end through the Guwahati-Siliguri Pipeline, spanning 435 KM, which was the first
Pipeline of Indian Oil and commissioned in 1964. Most of the products of Guwahati Refinery
are evacuated through pipeline and some quantity also through road transportation.
Guwahati refinery owned a land of 490 Acres. The existing refinery obtained latest EC on
22nd Jan 2015 from MoEF videfile no: J-11011/71/2012-IA-II(I). The refinery is currently
under operation with PCB consent to operate obtained vide: PCB/CTO/KM/000939/02/2020,
valid up to 31st March 2021 &PESO license obtained vide P/HQ/AS/15/845(P221799), Valid
up to 31/12/2020.
Guwahati Refinery (GR) proposes to install a New Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic
Reforming Unit (CRU) with 90 KTPA design capacity. Proposed CRU consists of
subsections viz. Naphtha Hydro Treating, Fixed Bed Platforming and Benzene Saturation
Section (BENSAT).
The proposed Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)project is considered
under Schedule 4 (a) - “Petroleum Refining Industry” Category A, since all the projects under
this schedule falls under “A” category. It is mandatory for the project proponent to get the
Environmental Clearance from MoEF.
Table 1Chronology of Environmental clearances
S. No
MoEF File No Units Capacity EC
Date of issue
Status of Project
1 J-11011/1/2000-
IA-II(I)
Installation of ISOSIV &
INDMAX units
0.15 MMTPA 24-04-2000
Commissioned
2 J-
11011/215/2007-BS -IV
Upgradation Hydrogen Unit 10KTA
to 12 KTA
7-02-2008
Commissioned
EIA Report
18
S. No
MoEF File No Units Capacity EC
Date of issue
Status of Project
IA-II(I) Hydro Treatment Unit 45 KTA to 54 KTA
Isomerisation Unit 45KTA to 54 KTA
INDselect Unit 80KTA
3 J-
11011/71/2012-IA-II(I)
Revamp of INDMAX
Unit 0.1 to 0.15 MMTPA
22-01-2015
Commissioned
Land Requirement
Detailed Land breakup is summarized in Table .
Table 2 Detailed Land Breakup
S. No Site Name Acres %
Existing Proposed Total
1 Plant Area 209 -- 209
1(a) Plant Built up area 143 1.23 144.23 29.43
1(b) Green belt within Industry
36 0 36 7.35
1(c) Miscellaneous 30 -1.23 28.77 5.87
2 Residential area
281 0 281 (Sector 1, 2 & 3)
2(a) Built up Area 112.4 0 112.4 22.94
2(b) Residential Area Green Belt
168.6 0 168.6 34.41
Total Area (1 + 2) 490 0 490 100
Total Green Belt 1(b)+2(b)
204.6 0 204.6 41.76
Note: Due to space constraint 33% green belt cannot be expanded inside the
refinery. However, the plantation is taken up in and around the refinery and township
areas. Additional Plantation activities are being submitted to RO MOEF through Six
monthly post EC compliance reports and are being certified. (Copies enclosed as
Annexure 5)
Water Requirement
Details of Existing and proposed water requirements and quantity of effluent
generated are summarized below:
EIA Report
19
Existing
Total water requirement of the existing facility is 551.3KLPH of which fresh water
requirement is 398.93 KLPH.
Proposed
Total water requirement of the proposed is 346 KLPH of which fresh water
requirement is 162KLPH.
Wastewater Generation
Existing
Approx. 212.30 KLPH of effluent is being generated in the existing facility of which
16.58 KLPH is discharged into Brahmaputra river and 43 KLPH Net Discharge to
storm water channel excluding evaporation & Ground Losses. Remaining 142.37
KLPH is being reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water makeup and
service water.
Proposed
Due to the proposed expansion Approx. 188.2 KLPH of effluent is generated in the
existing facility of which 4.2 KLPH is discharged into water reservoir pond.
Remaining 184 KLPH is reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water
makeup, Flushing and Green Belt.
Power & Fuel Requirement
Fuel requirement &power details (Existing &Proposed) is given in Table
Table 3 Power & Fuel Requirements
Details Capacity
Source Existing Proposed Total
Power Requirement(MW/Hr) ~18 -0.725 17.275 CPP
Fuel Oil (KLPH) 10.5 0.66 11.16 CFO/RFO blend, brought from Digboi ref.
Fuel Gas (KLPH) 3.65 0.5 4.15 Unit off gas
EIA Report
20
Manpower
During construction phase approximately 300 people are required on temporary basis based
on various skills. The total man power requirement of the project (shift wise) is given in
Table 4Construction Phase
S. No Description Manpower
1 Contract 300
2 Permanent 0
Total 300
Table 5 Operation Phase
S. No Shift wise requirement Manpower
Existing Proposed Total
1 A shift 106 6 112
2 B shift 110 5 115
3 C shift 92 5 97
4 General (48 hrs.) 104 0 104
5 General (36 hrs.) 324 0 324
6 CISF 290 0 290
7 Technicians 495 0 495
8 Helper 17 0 17
Total 1538 16 1554
Solid Waste
During Construction Phase
During construction phase ~0.2 TPD of municipal solid waste is envisaged.
Anticipated construction and demolition waste is 1.5 TPD which will be disposed by
the contractor as per Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016.
During Operation Phase
During Operation Phase Total of 97.2 Kg/day of solid waste is generated of which
40.3 kg/Day of organic waste is composted and remaining Inorganic waste will be
disposed through PCB authorized vendors as given in Table 6
Table 6 Organic & Inorganic Solid Waste details
S. No
List of Items
Quantity (Kg/day) Total (kg/Day)
Remarks
Existing Proposed
1 Organic waste
36 4.3 40.3 Composted and used as manure for greenbelt development
EIA Report
21
2 Inorganic waste
54 2.9 56.9 Disposed through PCB authorized vendors
Total 90 7.2 97.2
As per CPCB 0.45 kg/ capita/ day.
Hazardous waste Management
Table 7 Hazardous Waste Management
S. No List of Items Waste
Category
Quantity (Ton) Remarks
Existing Proposed
1 Spent Catalyst
4.2 69.43 0.99
Proposed Catalyst: Nickel Based Bi metallic Composition: Ni, Mo and Sulfur Frequency: 3 Yrs. Disposal Method: PCB Authorized vendors for Land Fill.
2
Net Gas Chloride treating Adsorbent (CRU Unit)
-- 0.788
Composition: Activated Alumina Frequency: Once in every six months. Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for Land Fill.
3
Makeup Gas Sulfur Guard Bed (BENSAT Unit)
-- 0.176
Composition: Copper Oxide, Aluminum Oxide, Sodium Oxide Frequency: 1 Yr Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for Land Fill.
4
Liquid Feed Sulfur Guard Bed (BENSAT Unit)
-- 0.224
Composition: Copper Oxide, Aluminum Oxide, Sodium Oxide Frequency: 1 Yr Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for Land Fill
5 Spent Catalyst (BENSAT Unit)
-- 0.192
Composition: Aluminum Oxide, Platinum Frequency: 8 Yrs Disposal Method: Metal Recovery
6. Oily Sludge 4.1 1754
Frequency: Once in every six months Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for disposal.
7. Pollution Control Facilities (Residual Cake)
1217 Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for Land Fill.
EIA Report
22
Solid waste from proposed CRU Unit
Table 8 Solid Waste- Proposed
UOM Amount Unit Frequency Waste Management
Spent Catalyst Kg 1390 NHT Once in
every 3
years
Spent catalyst /
guard bed are
stored in sealed
drum for
auction for
metal
recovery/landfill
. Spent
catalyst/bed
material is
processed at
vendor set up.
Sulfur Guard Bed Kg 202.2 BENSAT 6 months
Spent Catalyst Kg 190 BENSAT 10 years
Net Gas Chloride
Guard Bed
Kg 350 Platforming 6 months
LPG Chloride
Guard Bed
Kg 260 Platforming 1 year
Spent Catalyst
from Reactors
Kg 9627 Platforming Once in 2
years
Project cost
The estimated cost of the proposed unit is INR 296 Crores
Baseline Study
o Ambient Air Quality
The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters as per
NAAQS 2009 and additional 3 parameters within the study area. The average
baseline levels of PM10(47.3 – 61.4µg/m³), PM2.5(24.9-30.5µg/m³), SO2(8.9-
10.9µg/m³), NOx(20.4 – 28.3/m³), CO(0.41-0.67mg/m3) and some are BDL, all the
parameters are well within the prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards for
Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the
study period.
o Noise Environment
It is observed that the day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all
locations are within the prescribed CPCB standards.
EIA Report
23
In industrial area day time noise levels was about 67.1 dB(A) and 59.3 dB(A)
during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (75 dB(A) Day
time & 70 dB(A) Night time).
In residential area day time noise levels varied from 53.9 dB(A) to 59.2dB(A)
and night time noise levels varied from 44.1 dB(A) to 48.7dB(A) across the
sampling stations. The field observations during the study period indicate that
the ambient noise levels in most of the Residential areas are exceeds the limit
prescribed by MoEF&CC (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time).
Water Environment
o Surface water quality
A summary of analytical results for surface water sample collect at 8 different
locations are presented below:
pH in the collected surface water samples varies between 6.85-7.51.
The Total Dissolved Solids range from 91 mg/l to 110 mg/l, highest being in
sample from Baman lake while lowest in Silguri Nadi. All of the TDS values
are within the water quality standards of IS: 2296:1992.
The chloride content in the surface water for study area ranges from 2.9 mg/l
to 5.94 mg/l highest from location Silsako Lake.
The sulphate content in the surface water of the study area varies between
22.6 mg/l – 30.1 mg/l.
The Total hardness ranges between 52 mg/l – 67 mg/l, highest from
Bamanlake and lowest from Silguri Nadi.
BOD of the samples varied from 1-2 mg/l and COD values ranges from 7-
32mg/l.
The concentration of heavy metals like As, Cd, Cr, Pb, Mn, Hg, Ni and Se at
locations are within the limits of IS 2296:1992.
o Ground Water Quality
A summary of analytical results for ground water sample collect at 8 different
locations are presented below:
EIA Report
24
In the study area, Na and K concentration in the ground water range from 7to
31 mg/l and 1 to 2 mg/l respectively.
The acceptable limit for Mg is 30 mg/l and the permissible limit is 100 mg/l.
The concentration of Mg ion found in groundwater samples of the study area
ranges from 5.34 – 29.16 mg/l. All the values are well within the acceptable
limits of IS 10500:2012 drinking water standards.
The acceptable and permissible limit of Fluoride is 1mg/l and 1.5mg/l
respectively. The concentrations of fluoride in all the ground water samples
are within the acceptable limit.
The average pH ranges from 6.58-7.21.
In the present findings the TDS value varied from 104 mg/l to 388 mg/l for the
ground water and all the samples are within the acceptable limits of IS 10500:
2012.The acceptable and permissible limit of TDS for drinking water is 500
mg/l and 2000 mg/l.
The chloride concentration ranged from 13.86mg/L to 64.33mg/L and all are
below the IS acceptable limit. The acceptable limit of the chloride content is
250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l.
The acceptable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is
400mg/l. the sulphate content of the ground water of the study area is varied
between 10.6 mg/l – 79.27 mg/l meeting the acceptable limit of the IS 10500:
2012.
The Total hardness ranges is between 55 mg/l – 230 mg/l. In ground water
sample collected at Bhulkachu total Hardness exceeds the acceptable limit of
the IS 10500: 2012.
The Total alkalinity as calcium carbonate, Magnesium and Chloride are well
within the permissible limits.
o Soil Environment
A summary of analytical results for soil sample collect at 8 different locations are
presented below:
The pH of the soil samples ranged from 6.28-7.24.
EIA Report
25
Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 196 – 384 µS/cm. As the EC
value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature.
The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 19.24-26.58 (%).
Nitrogen content ranged from 98.54-212.26 mg/kg, Phosphorous ranged from
38.24 mg/kg to 99.62 mg/kg, Potassium content ranges from 97 mg/kg to 184
mg/kg.
o Biological Environment
The flora & fauna details within 10 km radius furnished with secondary source data.
Detailed list of species available in the study region are covered in Chapter
3,Section 3.11 of EIA report.
Anticipated Environmental Impacts
Water Environment
No water is extracted from ground water sources. The source of water will be from
Brahmaputra River. The total raw water requirement for existing facility is 551.3
KLPH and for proposed operation phase total requirement will be 346 KLPH.
Domestic effluent and Industrial effluent will be treated in existing combined ETP and
discharged to Brahmaputra River and Storm water Drain.
The design capacity of the effluent treatment plant is as follows
Wet Weather Flow (WWF) = 550 KLPH
Dry Weather Flow (DWF) = 365 KLPH
Air Environment
It was observed that the maximum incremental concentration observed due to
proposed expansion for PM, SO2 and NOx are 0.911 µg/m3, 15.698 µg/m3 and 6.473
µg/m3. So it can be concluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact
envisaged is minimum as given in Table 1-1.
EIA Report
26
Table 1-1 Concentration levels of Pollutants
Pollutant Max Base Line Conc.
(µg/m3)
predicted Conc. at source (µg/m3)
Total Conc.
(µg/m3)
NAAQ standard
% Increment in Concentration
Levels
PM 72.9 0.911 73.811 100 1.25
SO2 13 15.698 28.698 80 120.75
NOx 33.6 6.473 40.073 80 19.26
Noise Environment
The noise generated during the operational phase can be divided into two categories
A) Stationary source due to heavy duty machineries at the project site such as
compressors, DG sets, pumps etc.
B) Mobile source corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,
materials, material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.
Pollution Control Measures
The mitigation measures to prevent adverse impact during the operation phase of
the project shall focus on the following:
Air quality
Noise environment
Solid and hazardous waste
Land environment
Air Quality Management
Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during the operation
phase of the project on the surrounding air environment.
Table 10Air Pollution Control Measures
S. No
Source Existing (E)
or Proposed (P)
Terminal Emission APC
measures Stack
Height (m)
1.
CRU
(Naphtha Hydrotreater)
P CRU
SO2, NO2
& PM
SO2, NO2
Use of only fuel gas as
firing medium which has
significantly low Sulphur compared to fuel oil ii) Low NOX burners
42
2. CRU (Reformer)
P CRU 45
EIA Report
27
S. No
Source Existing (E)
or Proposed (P)
Terminal Emission APC
measures Stack
Height (m)
& PM have been incorporate in design to limit
emissions.
Fugitive Emission Control Measures
Monitoring of fugitive emissions from IOCL, GR complex with the help of VOC
(Volatile Organic Carbon), LDAR (Leak Detection and Repair) program is being
done monthly with the help of an external agency. Thus observed leaks are
identified and rectified. And the same will be continued after the proposed
expansion.
Noise Monitoring
Impacts of noise on workers are minimized through adoption of adequate protective
measures in the form of
a) Use of personal protective equipment (earplugs, earmuffs, noise helmets
etc.),
b) Education and public awareness, and
c) Exposure control through the rotation of work assignments in the intense
noise areas.
Water and wastewater management
Details of Existing and proposed water requirements and quantity of effluent
generated are summarized below:
Existing
Approx. 212.30 KLPH of effluent is being generated in the existing facility of which
16.58 KLPH is discharged into Brahmaputra river and 43 KLPH Net Discharge to
storm water channel excluding evaporation & Ground Losses. Remaining 142.37
KLPH is being reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water makeup and
service water.
EIA Report
28
Proposed
Due to the proposed expansion Approx. 188.2 KLPH of effluent is generated in the
existing facility of which 4.2 KLPH is discharged into water reservoir pond.
Remaining 184 KLPH is reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water
makeup, Flushing and Green Belt.
EIA Report
29
Chapter 1
Introduction
EIA Report
30
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1. Introduction
Guwahati Refinery (GR) is the country’s first Public Sector Refinery as well as Indian Oil’s
first Refinery serving the nation since 1962. Built with Rumanian assistance, the initial crude
processing capacity at the time of commissioning of this refinery was 0.75 MMTPA and the
refinery was designed to process a mix of Oil and ONGC crude.
The refining capacity was subsequently enhanced to 1.0 MMTPA with Hydrotreater, ISOM
(MSQ) unit and INDadeptG (demonstration of indigenous technology) units, refinery is
currently able to produce and supply eco-friendly auto fuels of BS-IV grade. The refinery
produces various products and supplies them to North Eastern India as well as beyond, up
to Siliguri end through the Guwahati-Siliguri Pipeline, spanning 435 KM, which was the first
Pipeline of Indian Oil and commissioned in 1964. Most of the products of Guwahati Refinery
are evacuated through pipeline and some quantity also through road transportation.
Guwahati refinery owned a land of 490 Acres.Land document enclosed as Annexure 1.
The existing refinery obtained latest EC on 22nd Jan 2015 from MoEF videfile no: J-
11011/71/2012-IA-II(I) enclosed as Annexure 4.Six monthly reports on Status of
Compliance of existing EC conditions are submitted to Regional Office, MoEF&CC, Shillong
regularly.The Status of the Compliance of the General Remarks of the Monitoring Report
dated 13.4.2018 given by Regional Office, Shillong, MOEF&CC is enclosed. Out of 8
remarks all 7 remarks are complied. Compliance report is attached as Annexure-21.
The refinery is currently under operation with PCB consent to operate obtained vide:
PCB/CTO/KM/000939/02/2020, valid up to 31st March 2021(Annexure 2) &PESO license
obtained vide P/HQ/AS/15/845(P221799), Valid up to 31/12/2020(Annexure 3).
Table 1-1Chronology of Environmental clearances
S. No MoEF File No Date of issue Status of Project
1 J-11011/1/2000-IA-II(I) 24-04-2000 Commissioned
2 J-11011/215/2007-IA-II(I) 7-02-2008 Commissioned
3 J-11011/71/2012-IA-II(I) 22-01-2015 Commissioned
The nearest railway station is Narangi ~1.85 km towards East and the refinery is completely
surrounded by human settlements with Noonmati as the nearest village adjacent to the
refinery towards West. River Brahmaputra is one of the major rivers in India & Asia which
flow through China, India and Bangladesh is located in the North direction of the refinery at a
distance of ~2.13Km.
EIA Report
31
1.2. EIA Requirement
The Government of India, Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC),
New Delhi, vide notification no. S. O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006, and its
amendments, has made it mandatory to obtain ‘Prior Environmental Modernization of
existing projects listed in the schedule, any change in product mix in the existing
manufacturing unit falling within the schedule to that notification from MoEF&CC (for
Category A projects) or from SEIAA (for Category B projects).
The EIA submission at MoEF pertains to Proposed Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic
Reforming Unit (CRU) project at Guwahati refinery by M/s Indian Oil Corporation Limited.
M/s IOCL (GR) has obtained Terms of Reference (ToR) vide F. No. J-11011/197/2017-IA.II
(I), Dated 07-July-2017. The Project is considered under Schedule 4 (a) - “Petroleum
Refining Industry” Category A, since all the projects under this schedule falls under “A”
category.
1.2.1. Nature, Size, Location of the Project
The proposed project site is located within premises of Guwahati refinery of IOCL atNoonmati
Village in Kamrup district of Assam state. Geographically, the NHDT-CRU unit site is located
at 26º11’03.95” N, 91º48’32.88” E, at a distance of about 5.2 km from Guwahati railway
station and ~22 km from Guwahati International Airport.Index map of the project site is given
inFigure 1.1. Site Boundary Coordinates are given in Table 1-2.
EIA Report
32
Figure 1.1 Index map of the project site
Table 1-2Site Boundary Coordinates
S.
No
Point Latitude (N) Longitude
(E)
S.
No
Point Latitude (N) Longitude
(E)
1. Center 26011’6.56” 91048’31.40” 2. A 26010’57.17” 91048’31.40”
3. B 26010’50.52” 91048’41.26” 4. C 26010’51.68” 91048’28.03”
5. D 26010’51.14” 91048’26.12” 6. E 26010’51.62” 91048’25.29”
7. F 26010’52.68” 91048’11.59” 8. G 26011’0.88” 91048’12.51”
9. H 26011’6.84” 91048’10.87” 10. I 26011’9.95” 91048’9.18”
11. J 26011’10.77” 91048’10.43 12. K 26011’9.47” 91048’13.65”
13. L 26011’9.09” 91048’15.56 14. M 26011’11.45” 91048’18.06”
15. N 26011’11.53” 91048’19.36” 16. O 26011’12.37” 91048’19.31”
17. P 26011’12.40” 91048’18.66” 18. Q 26011’14.01” 91048’20.34”
19. R 26011’15.18” 91048’20.72” 20. S 26011’15.54” 91048’20.36”
21. T 26011’15.61” 91048’17.84” 22. U 26011’16.39” 91048’17.11”
23. V 26011’17.43” 91048’18.11” 24. W 26011’19.10” 91048’19.53”
25. X 26011’20.19” 91048’20.85” 26. Y 26011’20.95” 91048’22.86”
EIA Report
33
S.
No
Point Latitude (N) Longitude
(E)
S.
No
Point Latitude (N) Longitude
(E)
27. Z 26011’19.14” 91048’24.32” 28. A1 26011’18.98” 91048’24.79”
29. B1 26011’19.55” 91048’25.72” 30. C1 26011’19.94” 91048’26.65”
31. D1 26011’20.93” 91048’27.80” 32. E1 26011’19.56” 91048’38.94”
33. F1 26011’19.86” 91048’39.73” 34. G1 26011’20.28” 91048’40.02”
35. H1 26011’19.56” 91048’46.94” 36. I1 26011’18.55” 91048’46.95”
37. J1 26011’16.27” 91048’46.72” 38. K1 26011’12.28” 91048’46.65”
39. L1 26011’11.43” 91048’50.48” 40. M1 26011’10.27” 91048’52.33”
41. N1 26011’10.26” 91048’54.71” 42. O1 26011’8.13” 91048’59.92”
43. P1 26011’5.49” 91048’59.30” 44. Q1 26011’4.61” 91048’59.30”
45. R1 26011’1.37” 91048’56.42” 46. S1 26011’2.07” 91048’54.14”
47. T1 26011’3.42” 91048’53.30” 48. U1 26011’3.03” 91048’52.26”
49. V1 26011’3.94” 91048’49.04” 50. W1 26011’3.41” 91048’48.01”
51. X1 26011’1.30” 91048’47.45” 52. Y1 26011’0.92” 91048’44.68”
53. Z1 26011’1.94” 91048’42.80” 54. A2 26011’2.59” 91048’43.08”
55. B2 26011’2.96” 91048’40.80” 56. C2 26011’1.71” 91048’38.33”
57. D2 26010’59.33” 91048’38.07” 58. E2 26010’58.60” 91048’39.59”
59. F2 26010’58.54” 91048’40.42” 60. G2 26010’57.73” 91048’40.43”
61. H2 26010’57.55” 91048’42.52” - - - -
1.2.2. Importance of the Project to the Country, Region
The main objective of this project is to convert naphtha feed of low octane number to high
octane number reformate by Catalytic Reforming process. The high octane reformate is one
of the main component stream in refinery gasoline blend.The project is of the utmost
importance for the refinery to produce gasoline of desired octane number as reformate is the
major high octane stream in refinery gasoline blend.
1.3. Methodology Adopted for the Study
EIA is the process of identifying, predicting, evaluating and mitigating the biophysical, social
and other relevant effects of development proposals prior to major decisions being taken and
commitments made. These studies integrate the environmental concerns of developmental
activities into the process of decision – making.
EIA Report
34
1.4. Objectives of the EIA Report
To ensure environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and incorporated
into the development decision-making process.
To anticipate and avoid, minimize or offset the adverse significant biophysical, social
and other relevant effects of the above project proposal.
To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems, the ecological processes
which maintain their respective function.
To promote development that is sustainable and optimizes resource use as well as
management opportunities.
To fully recognize the scope and requirements of the TOR and comply with the
same.
1.5. Scope of Work
The scope of the work mentioned includes an assessment study of proposed petrochemical
manufacturing unit and their impact on the region. This study puts forward the most effective
ways to protect the environment form increasing pollution caused by the burgeoning
industrial development and recommendations for environmental-friendly development
initiatives in the region.
An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact,
whether positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together
consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable
Development” due to the project activities.
This EIA report presents the existing baseline scenario and the assessment and evaluation
of the environmental impacts that may rise during the construction and operational phases of
the project. This report also highlights the Environmental Monitoring Program during the
construction and operation phases of the project and the post project monitoring program. In
terms of the EIA Notification of the MoEF&CC dated 14th September 2006 and subsequent
amendments the generic structure of the EIA document will be as under:
Chapter 1: Introduction
Introductory information is presented in this Chapter. The introduction chapter provides
background to the project, project proponent and describes the objective of this document.
The purpose and organization of the report is also presented in this chapter.
EIA Report
35
Chapter 2: Project Description
This Chapter includes Project Description and Infrastructure Facilities delineating all the
industrial and environmental aspect of the industry of Guwahati Refinery expansion project
as well as process details of proposed products.
Chapter 3: Description of the Environment
This Chapter provides baseline environmental status of Environmental Components
(Primary data) delineating meteorological details of the project site and surrounding area.
Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures
This Chapter presents the analysis of impacts on the environmental and social aspects of
the project as a result of establishment of plan and thereby suggesting the mitigation
measures.
Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Sites)
This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from Environmental
point of view as well as from economic point of view.
Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program
This chapter will include the technical aspects of monitoring, the effectiveness of mitigation
measures which will include the measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data
analysis, reporting schedules etc.
Chapter 7: Additional Studies
This chapter will detail about the Public Consultation sought regarding the project. It will also
identify the risks of the Project in relation to the general public and the surrounding
environment during construction and operation phases of the plant and thereby presents
Disaster Management Plan, Social impact assessment and R&R action plans.
Chapter 8: Project Benefits
This chapter deals with improvement in physical and social infrastructures, employment
potential and other tangible benefits.
EIA Report
36
Chapter 9: Environmental Management Plan
This is the key Chapter of the report and presents the mitigation plan, covers the institutional
and monitoring requirements to implement environmental mitigation measures and to assess
their adequacy during project implementation.
Chapter 10: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis
This chapter is not applicability in Scoping Stage
Chapter 11: Summary and Conclusion
This chapter summarizes the information given in Chapters in this EIA/EMP report and the
conclusion based on the environmental study, impact identification, mitigation measures and
the environmental management plan.
Chapter 12: Disclosure of the Consultant
Names of consultants engaged in the preparation of the EIA/EMP report along with their
brief resume and nature of Consultancy rendered are included in this Chapter.
The EIA Cycle based on the above stages has been illustrated as per the TOR dated 07th
July, 2017, in Figure 1.2.
1.6. Methodology adopted for the Study
An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact,
whether positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together
consisting of the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable
Development” due to the project activities.
1.7. Applicable Regulatory Framework
The EIA process followed for this EIA report is composed of the following stages:
1. Study of project information.
2. Screening & Scoping environmental pre-feasibility study & application for approval of
ToR.
3. Collection of detailed project management plan/report.
4. Baseline data collection.
5. Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation.
6. Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP.
7. Risk assessment and safety & disaster management plan.
EIA Report
37
8. Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the ToR requirements.
9. Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as well
as necessary clearances from relevant Authority.
Figure 1.2EIA Process
EIA Report
38
Table 1-3Applicable Acts and Rules for the proposed Refinery project
S. No
Act and Rules applicable
Purpose Objective Applicability
1. EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments.
New projects, Expansion modernization, change of product mix of the existing project
Protection and Improvement of the Environment
As the proposal is for compliance to Auto Fuel Policy 2025, Environmental clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) is applicable
2.
The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 and its amendments
Handling of Hazardous Chemicals
Regulate the manufacture, storage and import of Hazardous Chemicals
Preparation/ update of On-site Emergency Preparedness Plan and submission to Factory inspectorate. Preparation/ update of Safety Report and submit to Factory inspectorate. Preparation of Material Safety Data Sheet.
3.
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and its amendments.
New projects, Expansion modernization, change of product mix of the existing project, Existing plants
Prevention, control and abatement of water pollution
Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate from State Pollution Control Board to be obtained for expansion
4.
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and its amendments.
New projects, Expansion /modernization, change of product mix of the existing project, Existing industries
Prevention, control and abatement of air pollution
Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate from State Pollution Control Board to be obtained for expansion
5.
The Hazardous and other wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement Rules) 2016 and Solid Waste Management Rules 2016
Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement of Hazardous waste
Prevention, Control and abatement of pollution
Hazardous waste Authorization from State Pollution Control Board to be obtained for expansion
6. The Environmental (Protection)Rules,1986 and its Amendments
New projects, Expansion/modernization change of product mix of the existing project, Existing industries
Protection and Improvement of the Environment
Environmental Standards as specified are to be complied. Submission of Environment Statement on yearly basis to Guwahati,PCB
7. The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000
New projects, Expansion/modernization change of product mix of the existing project, Existing industries
To protect the workers and public from noise related problems
Noise control measure. Comply with Noise standards and submission of monthly report to Guwahati,PCB
EIA Report
39
S. No
Act and Rules applicable
Purpose Objective Applicability
8. The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and its amendments
Transportation of Hazardous Substance.
To provide immediate relief to persons affected by accident involving hazardous substances and also for Establishing an Environmental Relief fund
Provision of Liability Insurance Policy.
9. Factories Rules 1950 and its amendments.
New projects, Expansion/modernization change of product mix of the existing project, Existing industries
Control of workplace environment, and providing for good health and safety of workers
Factory License from Factory inspectorate.
10. The Petroleum Act, 1934
New projects, Expansion/modernization change of product mix of the existing project, Existing industries
Production, Storage and import of petroleum and provides the regulations for the safety and environmental measures
License to be acquired for storage and adequate safety measures are in place.
11. The Explosive Act, 1884
New projects, Expansion/modernization change of product mix of the existing project, Existing industries
Production, Storage and import of explosive substance in and around the project and provides the regulations for the safety and environmental measures
Safety measures are to be complied for the storage of chemicals in the plant as per PESO guidelines.
12. The Central Motor Vehicle Act, 1988
New projects, Expansion/modernization change of product mix of the existing project, Existing industries
Check the pollution load of vehicles inside the plant
Adequate environmental measures are put in place to check the vehicular emissions.
EIA Report
40
1.8 TOR Compliance
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR 4(a) PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRIES PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT
A. Standard TOR
1 Executive Summary Brief executive summary is enclosed in EIA report from page no. 17
2 Introduction
i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation
M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai
NABET Accredited vide Certificate No.
NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 Valid up to 29/09/2020 & MoEF Recognized Lab
vide F.No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW)
Details provided in Chapter 12
ii. Information about the Project Proponent
Proponent details provided in Chapter 1, Section 1.1.
iii. Importance and Benefits of the Project Details provided in Chapter 8.
3 Project Description
i. Cost of project and Time of completion Details given in Chapter 2, Section 2.5, 2.6
ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project
Detailed proposed facilities are given in Chapter-2, Section2.7.3
iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.
Detailed of Existing facilities are given in Chapter-2, Section2.7.1
Existing EC obtained vide: J-11011/71/2012-IA-II(I)dated 22nd Jan 2015 and EC enclosed as Annexure 4
iv. List of Raw materials and their source with mode of transportation
Untreated Straight Run Naphtha, Wild
Naphtha and Coker Naphtha are
proposed feed streams.
v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities
No storage facilities envisaged.
vi. Details of emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management
Air emission details given in Chapter 4,
Section 4.6.3 (Existing stacks emissions
provided in Table 4-1andProposed
stacks emissions providedTable 4-2)
Details of Existing and Proposed Water
requirement, effluent and sewage
quantity generated are given in Chapter
2, Section2.14
Details on water pollution control
measures are given in Chapter 2,
Section 2.16 and chapter 4, Section
EIA Report
41
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
4.8.3
Sewage is Biologically treated as a part
of the Combined ETP and standards are
met through the pH, Temp, TDS, TSS,
BOD, COD, Oil & greaseand reused in
the system.
Hazardous waste generated and
disposal given in chapter 2, Section
2.20.
vii.Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)
Details of Existing and Proposed Water
requirement, given in Chapter 2,
Section2.14
Power and Fuel requirement details
provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.13
Manpower requirement details provided in Chapter 2, Section2.12
viii. Process description along with major equipment’s and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided
Proposed list of Equipment’s enclosed as Annexure 16
ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems
Hazardous identification and details of proposed safety systems are detailed in Chapter 7, Section 7.2, &Annexure 10
x. Expansion/ modernization proposals (a) Copy of all Environmental
Clearance(s) including amendments thereto obtaining for the project from MoEF&CC/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest monitoring report of the Regional office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report
(b) In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking
Existing EC obtained vide: J-11011/71/2012-IA-II(I) dated 22nd Jan 2015 and EC enclosed as Annexure 4 Certified Compliance report enclosed as Annexure 5
EIA Report
42
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
EC under the provisions of the EIA notification 1994 and/or EIA notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish / No objection certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating in prior to EIA notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further compliance report to the conditions of Consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.
4 Site Details
i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, justification for selecting the site. Whether other sites were considered
Location of the project site in detailed given in Chapter 1, Section 1.2.1 Alternate sites were not considered, justification provided in the Chapter 5, Section 5.2.
ii. A Topo sheet of the study area of radius of 10Km and site location on 1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet (including al eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)
Details given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.5
iii. Details w.r.t option analysis for selection of site
Alternate sites were not considered, justification provided in the Chapter 5, Section 5.2
iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site
Site Coordinates with Lat. longs are given in Chapter 1, Section 1.2.1
v. Google map Earth downloaded of the project site
Googleearth map is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.3.
vi. Layout maps including existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.
Layout map is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.11.2
vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site, existing, show photographs of plantations/greenbelt, in particular
Site Photographs are given in Chapter 2, Section2.11.1 Green Belt Photographs are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.18
viii. Land use break-up of total land of the project site (indicate and acquired), government/ private- agriculture, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included (not required for industrial area)
Details given in Chapter 2, Section2.11.2
ix. A list of major industries with name and type within the study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area)
List of major industries with name and type within the study area (10 km radius) is provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.4.
EIA Report
43
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.
Geo-hydrological status of District is provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.6,Section 3.5.8
xi. Details of drainage of the project upto 5km radius of the study area. If the site is within 1Km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum of Flood of the river shall also be provided (mega green field projects)
Drainage map of the study area around 10km radius is appended in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.9
xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete procession of the land.
Land acquisition is not required as the proposed expansion is within the existing facility.
Land Documents are enclosed as Annexure 1
xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy
Not applicable.
5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):
i. Permission and approvals for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department (if applicable)
Not Applicable
ii. Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forest land (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 Ha)
Not Applicable
iii. Status of application submitted for obtaining the stage I Forestry Clearance along with latest status shall be submitted
Not Applicable
iv. The projects to be located within 10 Km of the National parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.
Wild life clearance obtained for refinery vide WL/FG.35/Nodal Proposal/2015 Dated 22-12-2017 enclosed as Annexure 20
v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.
Not Applicable
vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection)
Not Applicable
EIA Report
44
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
Act, 1972 to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.
6 Environmental Status
i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological date using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall
The daily inversion level at the project site varies from 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6 PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM, June 2017. Details given in Chapter 3, Section 3.6.2.3
ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based on CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone, sensitive receptors including reserved forests.
AAQ locations detail is provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.6.3.1and monitoring results are provided in the Section 3.6.3.3
iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAAQM notification of Nov. 2009 along with- min-max, average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA report
Raw Data enclosed as Annexure 7
iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines.
Surface water quality at Eight locations is provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.8.2.
v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF& CC, if yes give details
No
vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum 8 locations shall be included
Ground water monitoring results are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.9.1
vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.
Noise level monitoring results are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.7
viii. Soil characteristics as per CPCB guidelines
Soil monitoring results are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.10
ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.
Details of Traffic study is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.6.4
x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna and found within the study area,
Flora and Fauna found within the study area are provided in Chapter 3, Section
Error! Reference source not found.
EIA Report
45
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
a Wildlife Conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished
xi. Socio-economic status of the study area
Socio-economic status of the study area is provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.12
7 Impact and Environmental Management Plan
i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, AQIP modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
Details provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.6.3
ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body.
Not Applicable
iii. Impact of the transport of raw material and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.
Raw material for the viz. Naphtha streams are internally produced in the refinery in various refinery processes and no external transportation is involved.
For Catalysts and chemicals used in the unit, the handling and storage is done as recommended by respective suppliers which lead to no/minimum external exposure in the environment.
iv. A note on treatment of waste water from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment, characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) rules.
Wastewater treatment and disposal details are provided in the Chapter 4, Section4.8.5
v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.
Details provided in chapter 4, Section 4.6.3&control measures are given in Chapter 9, Section 10.6.1.
vi. Measures for fugitive emission Details provided in Chapter 9, Section
EIA Report
46
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
control 10.6.1. All the tanks are installed in accordance with Environment Protection rule, OISD standards.
vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management, Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/ reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.
Details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.20. Authorization for handling hazardous waste enclosed as Annexure9
viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.
No fly ash generation envisaged in the proposed project
ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33% area i.e., land with not less than 1500 trees per Ha. Giving details of Species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.
The existing facility is already having 33% green belt area. In addition to this several plantation activities are being done and carried out by IOC.
x. Action plan for rain water harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.
Details given in Chapter 9, Section 10.6.3
xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.
Total Capital cost for environmental pollution control measures is estimated to be Rs.216Lakhs. Chapter 9, Section 9.10
xii. Action plan for Post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted
As per IOCL Environment policy. Details provided in Chapter 6, Section 6.4
xiii. Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster Management Plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.
Risk Assessment report enclosed as Annexure 10
ERDMP enclosed as Annexure 11
EIA Report
47
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
8 Occupational Health
i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers
As per IOCL HSE policy. Details provided in Chapter 9, Section 10.9
ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the worker’s health is being evaluated by pre-designed format, chest x-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far and near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect), ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.
Enclosed as Annexure 15
iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are Permissible Exposure level (PEL) if these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL. So that health of the workers can be preserved.
Work zone monitoring results enclosed as Annexure 17
iv. Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety
Enclosed as Annexure 15
9 Corporate Environment Policy
i. Does the company have a well laid down Environmental Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report
M/s IOCL, GR, Safety, Health and Environment Policy (SHE) provided in Chapter 9, Section10.7
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/ deviation/ violation of the environemnt or forest norms/ conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA
A dedicated Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will be in force to bring into focus of any infringement/ deviation/ violation of the environemnt. Details provided in Chapter 9 and Section 10.8
iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.
Hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance is provided in Chapter 9, Section 10.3
iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances/ violations of environemntal norms to the Board of Directors of the
Reporting mechanism detailed in Chapter 9, Section 10.3
EIA Report
48
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
company and/or Stakeholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report
10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.
The site layout indicating all the facilities is enclosed as Annexure 6.
Infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, restroom etc. shall be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.
11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)
i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with the bound action plan shall be included. Socio-Economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.
A total fund of Rs 3.05 Cr has been
allotted for implementation of CER
activities of CRU and CDU expansion
project of IOCL, Guwahati Refinery. As
per corporate guidelines for
Implementation of CER projects a
committee has been constituted with
three members to finalize the CER
projects in consultation with stakeholders
& regulatory /district authority. The CER
projects shall be undertaken preferably
within 2 years of project completion.
Implementation schedule for CRU project
is as follows: -
(1) Mechanical completion: 27 months
from investment approval
(2) Commissioning: within 2 months
after Mechanical Completion.
Approval for investment proposal is in progress.
12 Any litigation pending against the project and/ or any direction/ order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance /ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.
No.
13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR
Point wise ToR compliance is provided in provided in Chapter 1& Section 1.8
EIA Report
49
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY
1 Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its capacity along-with material and energy balance.
Details Process description is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.3
Material and energy balance is provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.8
2 Details of intermediate product, their storages and final products to be manufactured.
Final products obtained from refinery are stored in existing Tank farm area. Existing products and storage tanks details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1 No Additional storages envisaged.
3 Sulphur balance giving input from crude, refinery fuel (if used) and any other outside fuel and output in various products and emissions.
Details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.10
4 Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and equipment to meet the national standards for petroleum refinery.
Details provided in Chapter 9, Section 10.6.1
5 Details of emissions from all the stacks including volumetric flow rate.
Air emission details given in Chapter 4, Section 4.6.3
(Existing stacks emissions in Table 4-1 and Proposed stacks emissions in Table 4-2)
6 Details on availability of raw materials (crude oil, natural gas, chemicals, etc.), its source and storage at the plant.
Raw material for the proposed unit is Naphtha which is met from existing process. No additional storages envisaged
7 Details on mode of transportation of crude and products.
Existing mode of transport of crude is
through pipelines Details given in
chapter 2, Section 2.7.1.1
8 Details of storage capacity of crude and products.
Existing facility storage details are given
in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1
9 Ambient air quality data should include hydrocarbon (methane and non-methane), VOC, Ni & V etc.
Details provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.6.3.4
10 Efforts to minimize water consumption, effluent discharge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.
Reuse of water shall be maximised with the help of ZLD type water treatment.
11 Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all con corned/ regulated environmental parameters. Also, include treatment details such as primary (physico-chemical), secondary
Details provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.8.5
EIA Report
50
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
(biological) and tertiary (Activated carbon filters) treatment systems.
12 Storm water management plan. Guwahati Refinery site already have a well-developed storm water network. Storm water is properly routed through proper network and finally discharged to Brahmaputra river.
13 Estimation SO2 and NOx emissions load. Details provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.6.3
14 Detailsonflaring system. No Flaring envisaged in this project. Existing Flare system details are given as Annexure 18
15 Details of VOCrecovery devices in the storage tanks.
Measures like availability of primary as well as secondary seals shall be implemented in all storage tanks
16 Arrangement for spill management. Details provided in Chapter 9, Section 10.6.3
17 Oily sludge management plan.
Oily sludge generated from ETP shall be recovered for oil through oil recovery module. The residual sludge shall be bio remediated using confined space bioremediation.
18 Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan
i. Identification of hazards ii. Consequence Analysis iii. Risk assessment should also
include leakages and location near to refinery & proposed measures for risk reduction.
iv. Arrangement for fire protection and control.
Risk Assessment Report enclosed as Annexure 10
The following general points shall be noted:
i. All documents shall be properly indexed, page numbered.
Accepted and Noted
ii. Period/date of data collection shall be clearly indicated.
Accepted and Noted
iii. Authenticated English translation of all material in Regional languages shall be provided.
Accepted and Noted
iv. The letter/application for environmental clearance shall quote the MOEF&CC file No. and also attach a copy of the letter.
Accepted and Noted
v. The copy of the letter received
from the Ministry shall be also attached as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.
Accepted and Noted
EIA Report
51
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
vi. The index of the final EIA-EMP report must indicate the specific chapter and page no. of the EIA- EMP Report
Accepted and Noted
vii. While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the consultants issued by MOEF&CC vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry shall also be followed.
Accepted and Noted
viii. The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA-EMP report after accreditation with Quality Council of India (QCl) /National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA-EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other organization/ Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. Name of the Consultant and the Accreditation details shall be posted on the EIA-EMP Report as well as on the cover of the Hard Copy of the Presentation material for EC presentation.
Accepted and Noted
EIA Report
52
S. No
Terms of Reference Compliance
ix. TOR' prescribed by the Expert
Appraisal Committee (Industry) shall be considered for preparation of EIA-EMP report for the project in addition to all the relevant information as per the 'Generic Structure of EIA' given in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006. Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation shall be provided. The draft EIA-EMP report shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board of the concerned State for conduct of Public Hearing. The SPCB shall conduct the Public Hearing/public consultation, district wise, as per the provisions of EIA notification, 2006. The Public Hearing shall be chaired by an Officer not below the rank of Additional District Magistrate. The issues raised in the Public Hearing and during the consultation process and the commitments made by the project proponent on the same shall be included separately in EIA-EMP Report in a separate chapter and summarised in a tabular chart with financial budget (capital and revenue) along with time-schedule of implementation for complying with the commitments made. The final EIA report shall be submitted to the Ministry for obtaining environmental clearance.
Accepted and Noted
Additional ToR
1. Public hearing is exempted under Para 7(ii) of EIA Notification, 2006
Accepted and Noted
2. Certified Compliance report of existing EC to be submitted
Enclosed as Annexure 5
EIA Report
53
1.9 ADS Compliance submitted by IOC Guwahati is enclosed
S. No
Query Compliance
1 Detailed effluent treatment plan with Zero Liquid Discharge system.
Guwahati Refinery has taken proactive action where 97% of the effluent is reused and the rest of water shall be stored in the reservoir for reuse and reprocessing. A water reservoir pond is proposed in the location of ETP with 25000m3 capacity. Process flow diagram of ETP is given as Chapter 4; Figure 4.5
2 Revised water balance. Water balance has been revised and the same is given as Chapter 2; Figure 2.11&Figure 2.12.
3 Action taken report to be submitted and be forwarded by the Ministry’s Regional Office on the non-complied points in the existing EC conditions.
Six monthly reports on Status of Compliance of existing EC conditions are submitted to Regional Office, MoEF&CC, Shillong regularly. The Status of the Compliance of the General Remarks of
the Monitoring Report dated 21.5.2018 given by Regional Office, Shillong, MOEF&CC is enclosed. Out of 8
observations, 7 observationsare complied.
The non-compiled observation: Guwahati Refinery should submit action taken report to Regional office, on
NBWL conditions. i.e. (i) periodic monitoring of pollution level by the State Pollution Control Board in area
close to Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary and (ii) Man-
animal conflict mitigation is emergent need of that area. Fund may be provided by IOCL Guwahati Refinery,
which will be utilized for wildlife conservation and mitigation of Man-animal conflict (specified condition no
i).
IOC Guwahati reply: Discussion is in progress with PCCF, WL & Chief WL Warden, Assam on condition of NBWL clearance and action taken will be submitted to Regional Office, MoEF&CC, Shillong after finalization. However for one observation Guwahati Refinery has made repeated followup with PCCF of Wildlife for compliance of the recommendation. Compliance report is attached as Annexure-21.
4 Occupational health and preventive plan.
Occupational health and preventive plan is attached as Chapter 9; Section 10.9.
5 Wildlife conservation plan as per the ToR.
For General Remarks of the Monitoring Report dated 13.4.2018, Status of action taken for NBWL clearance Condition (i) is as follows: A. The environmental clearance for the lNDAdept and lNDMAX Revamp project of IOCL Guwahati Refinery was granted by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), GOI on 18/04/2016 with a condition that clearance from National Board for Wildlife is to be obtained in respect of Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary. B. Accordingly, an online application was submitted to Guwahati Wildlife Division for NBWL clearance on 31/08/2016 and the standing committee of NBWL finally recommended for both the projects in its 45th meeting held on 4th Sep 2017 with one of the following conditions:
EIA Report
54
S. No
Query Compliance
Man-Animal Conflict Mitigation is emergent need of the area closed to Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary. Therefore, it is pertinent that a fund may be provided by IOCL, Guwahati Refinery which will be utilized for Wildlife Conservation and mitigation of man-animal conflict. C. To comply on the above point, a meeting was held on March 19, 2018 in the office of the PCCF, WL and Chief Wildlife warden, Assam. D. PCCF, Assam was asked by Govt of Assam to submit a detailed plan vide letter dated 3rd July, 2019. E. Accordingly, a letter was sent from PCCF office to DFO, Wildlife, Guwahati to submit the mitigation plan for Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary on 10thJuly2019. The letter copy is attached as Annexure-22. F. IOCL Guwahati Refinery had meeting with Principal Chief Conservator of Forest and HoFF, Assam on 12.3.2020 to discuss the fund to be provided and also to provide the Mitigation plan. F. Proposed wild life conservation and mitigation plan by M/s. IOCL Guwahati is attached as Annexure-23.
6 Recommendations of the Standing Committee of NBWL for the proposed project.
IOCL Guwahati applied to Government of Assam Chief Conservator of Forest & Chief Wildlife Warden Office. Acknowledgement of the same is enclosed as Annexure-24.
7 Cumulative EMP for the Refinery.
Cumulative EMP for the Refinery is attached as Chapter 9; Section 10.7.
8 Plan for emission control at 100% efficiency.
All emission control equipment is running as per design. Emission control is taken care at design stage itself. Facilities for On-line Stack Monitoring for PM, CO, SOx &
NOx with connectivity to CPCB/ PCBA.
9 Details existing/ proposed coke boiler project in the refinery, if any, and plan for mitigation measures.
Existing/ proposed coke boiler project in the refinery and its mitigation measures are attached as Chapter 4; Section4.6.3.1.2.
10 CER plan. A total fund of Rs 3.05 Cr has been allotted for implementation of CER activities of CRU and CDU expansion project of IOCL, Guwahati Refinery. As per corporate guidelines for Implementation of CER projects a committee has been constituted with three members to finalize the CER projects in consultation with stakeholders & regulatory /district authority. The CER projects shall be undertaken preferably within 2 years of project completion. Implementation schedule for CRU project is as follows: - (1) Mechanical completion: 27 months from investment approval (2) Commissioning: within 2 months after Mechanical Completion. Approval for investment proposal is in progress.
EIA Report
55
CHAPTER 2
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
EIA Report
56
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Project Description
Guwahati Refinery is one of the eight operating refineries owned by Indian Oil Corporation
Limited, and is located near the Brahmaputra River at Guwahati in the northeast part of
India. The refinery processes a mix of indigenously available crude of Assam and Low Sulfur
Imported crude, and caters to the requirements of the petroleum products of the region.
Inaugurated on 1st January 1962, Guwahati Refinery is the first public sector refinery in India
and was built using Rumanian technology available in the late 50s. The original crude oil
processing capacity of 0.75 MMTPA has been subsequently increased to 1.00 MMTPA. The
Refinery produces various products and supplies them to Northeastern India as well as
beyond, upto Siliguri end through the Guwahati-Siliguri Pipeline, spanning 435 KM, which
was the first Pipeline of Indian Oil and commissioned in 1964. Most of the products of
Guwahati Refinery are evacuated through pipeline and some quantity also through road
transportation. Guwahati refinery IOCL owned a land of 490 Acres of which Plant area is 132
Acres, 328 Acres is residential and miscellaneous area is 30 Acres. Land document
enclosed as Annexure 1.
2.1.1 Type of Project
The Octanizing (reforming) process is to produce high octane number reformate which is a
main component of the gasoline pool and a hydrogen rich gas. Octanizing feed is either
straight run naphtha or cracked naphtha mixed with straight run naphtha. Guwahati Refinery
(GR) proposes to install a New Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU) unit
with 90 KTA design capacity. Proposed CRU consists of subsections viz. Naphtha Hydro
Treating, Fixed Bed Platforming and Benzene Saturation Section (BENSAT).
The proposed Semi Regenerative TypeCatalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)project is considered
under Schedule 4 (a) - “Petroleum Refining Industry” Category A, since all the projects under
this schedule falls under “A” category. It is mandatory for the project proponent to get the
Environmental Clearance from MoEF.
2.2 Need of the Project
The main objective of this project is to produce a high octane number reformate by octanizing
(reforming) process. The reformate isa main component of the gasoline pool. Octanizing feed
is either straight run naphtha or cracked naphtha mixed with straight run naphtha. The project
is of the utmost importance for the refinery to produce gasoline of desired octane number as
reformate is the major high octane stream in refinery gasoline blend.
EIA Report
57
2.3 Site Location
The proposed project site is located within premises of Guwahati refinery of IOCL atNoonmati
in Kamrup district of Assam state. Geographically, the NHDT-CRU unit site is located at
26º11’03.95”N, 91º48’32.88”E, at a distance of about 7 km from Guwahati railway station and
30 km from Guwahati International Airport. The general topography of the area is flat
surrounded by hilly regions and the general elevation of the site is 60-90 m AMSL. Index map
of the project site is given in Figure 1.1. Google Maps showing salient features of the project
within 15, 10, 5 and 1 km radius around the study area are shown in Figure 2.4, Figure 2.3,
Figure 2.2and Figure 2.1.
EIA Report
58
Figure 2.1 Google image showing salient features within 0- 1 Km radius
EIA Report
59
Figure 2.2 Google image showing salient features within 0- 5 Km radius
EIA Report
60
Figure 2.3Google image showing salient features 0- 10 Km Radius Map around the study region
EIA Report
61
Figure 2.4 Google image showing15, 10, 05, 01 Km radius map from the project site
EIA Report
62
2.4 Existing environmental setup
The site details and the surrounding features are summarized inTable 2-1.
Table 2-1 Salient features of project site
S. No Particulars Details
1 Geographical Location(Centre) 26°11'5.16"N, 91°48'33.05"E
2 Elevation above Mean Sea Level 60-90 m
3 Present Land Use Industrial
4 Nearest Railway Station Narengi, 1.85 km, E
5 Nearest Airport Guwahati Airport, 21.5km, W
6 Nearest Highway NH 37, ~6.9km, South
7 Nearest habitation /Village Refinery Complex, ~100m, towards West
8 Nearest Town Jyothi Nagar, ~ 1km, towards West
9 Nearest City Guwahati, ~6.8km, South West
10 Densely populated area Refinery Complex, ~100m, towards West
11 Water bodies
S. No
Description Distance
(km) Direction
1 Brahmaputra River 2.1 N
2 Bharalu River 2.92 SW
3 Sampathar Nadi 4.43 ENE
4 Moralouralu Nala 6.61 WSW
5 Mora Nala 6.87 SW
6 Bar Nadi 6.9 NW
7 Bardong Nala 8.65 SE
8 Silguri Nadi 8.65 NW
9 Jojoa Nadi 10.13 SW
10 Godiabil Nala 10.96 N
11 Umbhanga Nadi 13.27 SSE
12 Mudunkuri Nadi 14.94 NW
12
Reserved Forests/Protected Forests/ Notified Wildlife Sanctuary/Notified national parks/Ecologically sensitive areas
S. No
Description Distance
(km) Direction
1 Guwahati Zoo & Botanical Garden 2.29 SSW
2 Amchang RF/ WLS 3.51 E
3 Khanapara RF 6.89 SE
4 Mylliem RF 7.54 SSE
5 Garbhanga RF 8.4 SSW
6 Phatasil RF 8.64 WSW
7 Dirgheswar RF 8.74 NW
8 Marakdola RF 12.09 SE
9 Sila RF 12.55 WSW
10 Rani RF 13.83 SW
11 Agyathuri RF 14.65 WNW
13 Interstate boundary Assam & Meghalaya State Boundary ~6.99km, SSE
14 Defense Installations Nil
15 Archeologically Important places/sites
None
16. Important Tourist Places/ Religious Importance
None
17. Hills/Valleys The project site is within the range of Khasi Hills
EIA Report
63
Table 2-2 List of major Industries within 10km Radius from the project site
S. No Description Distance (~km) Direction
1 Assam Carbon private limited 2.57 E
2 Assam Carbon product 2.62 E
3 JICA WTP - Phase 2 3.87 WNW
4 Oil India limited. 2.6 ESE
5 PDP Steel Limited 2.51 E
6 India Carbon Factory. 0.9 E
7 DS Group 2.96 E
8 Assam Roofing Private limited 2.63 E
9 TATA Chemicals CFA 6.27 ENE
10 Guwahati Siliguri pipeline limited - IOCL. 0.18 E
11 Food Corporation of India Godown 1.34 W
12 R.M. Food Products 1.63 W
13 Kamakhya Motors (A TATA PVBU CHANNEL PARTNER) 1.62 W
14 Power Carbons Pvt 1.59 W
15 Prag Electricals pvt.ltd 1.6 W
16 SC Johnson Products Pvt. Ltd 1.64 W
17 Rajniganda Factory 1.45 W
18 Assam Small Industries Development Corporation Limited 1.48 W
19 M/s.Thakuruia Industries 1.65 W
20 NSIC Ltd 1.58 W
21 KEI Industries Ltd - Guwahati Branch 2.07 WSW
22 Sun Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd 9.4 SW
23 Kishlay Foods Pvt.Ltd 9.15 SW
24 Assam Plantation Crops Development Corporation Limited 9.13 SSW
25 Marico Limited Guwahati 9.05 SSW
26 Kamrup Exports Pvt Ltd 7.29 S
27 Excellent Dairy & Farming Pvt. Ltd. 7.15 S
28 Assam Seeds Corporation Limited 5.42 S
29 Bimala Industries 6.38 ENE
30 Karton Factory 3.43 ENE
31 M/s. Modern Pharma Company 6.17 W
32 132kV Kahilipara SS 6.34 SW
33 Ericsson India Pvt. Ltd 4.19 SSW
2.5 Project Cost
The estimated cost of the proposed unit is INR 296Crores and the estimated time of
mechanical completion is July’ 2021. The unit is scheduled for commissioning within 2
months after Mechanical Completion.
2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation
The Time Schedule for completion of the proposed project is given in Table 2-3.
EIA Report
64
Table 2-3 Time Schedule
S. No. Particulars Time Schedule
1 EC February2021
2 Consent to Establish from PCB April 2021
3 Civil Works After obtaining CTE
4 Erection & Installation of Machinery August 2021
5 Commissioning 2 months after Mechanical Completion
6 Consent to Operate from PCB Dec 2022
2.7 Project Details
2.7.1 Existing Facility
In the primary unit of the Refinery i.e., the Crude Distillation Unit (CDU), desalted crude from
the desalter is heated up through a series of heat exchangers and is fed into a pre
fractionator column. Here the lighter gases, LPG and unstabilised gasoline are separated.
The outputs from CDU are gasoline, Kero-I, Kero-II and Straight Run Gas Oil. Reduced
Coke Oil (RCO) which is the bottom product from the main fractionating column forms the
main raw material for Coking unit and Indmax.
Gasoline from the main fractionator is fed into Naptha Splitter where it is separated into
three different fractions namely Light Naphtha (LN), Reformate Naptha (RN) and Heavy
Naptha (HN). LN forms the feed for Hydrogen unit, while RN is a component in the gasoline
pool and HN is fed to the Hydro Treater unit.
With its main secondary unit, the Delayed Coking Unit (DCU), the Refinery produces middle
distillates from heavy ends. Main feedstock to DCU is RCO, which is heated to high
temperatures of about 5000C in a furnace. Due to high temperatures, RCO is thermally
cracked and yields various hydrocarbon fractions like LPG, coker gasoline, coker kerosene,
coker gas oil, coker fuel oil, residual fuel oil and coke. An upcoming project in the Refinery is
modernization of DCU chambers with new Coke Cutting System and Heading-Unheading
System.
The Hydrotreating Unit was commissioned at Guwahati Refinery in 2002 for improving the
quality of High Speed Diesel (HSD) by removal of Sulphur and boosting the Cetane Number
of HSD and smoke point of SKO and ATF.
The Sulphur Recovery Unit in the Refinery takes care of the sour off gases from the various
units for removal of Hydrogen Sulphide. This is done by Amine treatment after which sulphur
is recovered from the off gases.
EIA Report
65
With growing environmental consciousness, Guwahati Refinery has ventured into
ecologically friendly fuel and subsequently installed MSQ, HydroTreater and INDAdeptG.
The MSQ and INDAdeptG units produce MS conforming to BS IV norms (sulphur < 50ppm).
The HydroTreater Unit (HDT) enables the Refinery to produce High Speed Diesel of very
low sulphur. Existing production facilities are given in Table 2-4.
The main products currently manufactured in Guwahati Refinery are listed below:
i) Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
ii) Motor Spirit (MS)
iii) Superior Kerosene Oil (SKO)
iv) Aviation Turbine Fuel (ATF)
v) High Speed Diesel (HSD)
vi) Light Diesel Oil (LDO)
vii) Sulphur (S)
viii) Low Sulphur Heavy Stock (LSHS)
ix) Raw Petroleum Coke (RPC)
Table 2-4Production Facilities
S. No Units Installed Capacity (MMTA)
Year of commissioning Licensor
1. CDU 1.0 Revamped1986 & 2000 RUMANIAN / EIL
2. DCU 0.33 1962 RUMANIAN
3. NSF 0.13 1984 EIL
4. ISOSIV 0.13 2002 UOP
5. HDT 0.66 2002 UOP
6. HGU 10 2002 TECHNIP BENELUX
7. SRU 5 TPD 2002 EIL
8. ISOM 0.045 2010 AXEN
9. INDMAX 0.15 2016
10. INDADEPTG 35 TMTA 2017 IOC-R&D
Table 2-5Thermal Power Station (TPS)
Steam Power
Boilers Steam Turbine Generators (STGs)
2 x 50 MT/hr 2 X 8 MW
1 x 40 MT/hr 1 x 12 MW
2 x 20 MT/hr
Offsite Facilities
i. 1 Railway Tank Wagon Gantry – 50 wagon capacity
ii. 1 Tank Truck Loading (TTL) facility – 7 bays
iii. Offsite Storage tanks -73 no’s given in
EIA Report
66
Table 2-6 Storage Facilities
S. No Tank No Service Capacity
(KL) Roof Type Dia.(m) HT.(m)
1 2 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
2 3 IFO 5000 FIXEDROOF 22.8 11.7
3 4 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
4 5 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
5 6 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
6 7 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
7 8 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
8 9 MS 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13.6
9 10 MS 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13.6
10 11 MS 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13.6
11 12 HSD 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.3 11.7
12 13 SKO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
13 14 HSD 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
14 15 TCO 2000 FIXED ROOF 15.25 11.74
15 16 SKO 2000 FIXED ROOF 15.25 11.74
16 17 SLOPS 2000 FIXED ROOF 15.25 11.74
17 18 CLO 2000 FIXED ROOF 15.25 11.74
18 19 RCO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
19 20 LDO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
20 21 HSD 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
21 22 HSD 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
22 23 HSD 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
23 24 RFO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
24 25 IFO 5000 FIXED ROOF 22.8 11.7
25 26 MS component 5000 FIXED-FLOATING 22.9 13
26 27 MS component 5000 FIXED-FLOATING 22.9 13
27 28 HSD 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13.6
28 29 HSD 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13.6
29 56 SLOPS 1500 FIXED ROOF 12 13.26
30 58 HSD 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13
31 59 HSD 5000 FLOATING ROOF 22.9 13
32 60 SLOPS 2000 FIXED ROOF 12 8.93
33 70 ATF 2000 FIXED ROOF 15 12.6
34 78 ATF 2000 FIXED ROOF 15 12.6
35 79 ATF 2000 FIXED ROOF 15 12.6
36 80 CRUDE OIL 10000 FLOATING ROOF 32.5 14.43
37 81 CRUDE OIL 10000 FLOATING ROOF 32.5 14.43
38 82 CRUDE OIL 10000 FLOATING ROOF 32.5 14.43
39 83 MS component 2000 FLOATING ROOF 16 12
40 84 NAPHTHA 2000 FLOATING ROOF 16 12
41 00B1 LDO 200 FIXED ROOF 6.68 6.87
EIA Report
67
S. No Tank No Service Capacity
(KL) Roof Type Dia.(m) HT.(m)
42 00B2 MS 200 FIXED ROOF 6.68 6.87
43 00B3 MS 200 FIXED ROOF 6.68 6.87
44 00B4 EHN 700 FIXED ROOF 10 9.8
45 00B5 HSD 700 FIXED ROOF 10 9.8
46 00B6 MS component 500 FLOATING ROOF 10 9.8
47 00B7 MS component 500 FLOATING ROOF 10 9.8
48 001A RN 2000 FIXED-FLOATING 16 12
49 001B RN 2000 FIXED-FLOATING 16 12
50 001C RN 2000 FIXED-FLOATING 16 12
51 ODH1 SLOPS 400 FIXED ROOF 7.3 8.67
52 ODH2 SLOPS 400 FIXED ROOF 7.3 8.67
53 85 LIGHT NAPH. 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14
54 86 LIGHT NAPH. 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14
55 87 MS component 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14
56 88 MS component 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14
57 89 HDT-ATF 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14
58 90 HDT-KERO 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14
59 91 HDT-KERO 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14
60 92 HDT-KERO 5000 FLOATING ROOF 23 14
61 93 NAPHTHA 5000 FLOATING ROOF 24 11.1
62 94 SKO 5000 FLOATING ROOF 24 11.1
63 95 MRN 1000 FIXED-FLOATING 12 11
64 96 MRN 1000 FIXED-FLOATING 12 11
65 97 CFO 1000 FIXED ROOF 12 11
66 98 CFO 1000 FIXED ROOF 12 11
67 99 HDT-HSD 10000 FIXED-FLOATING 34 11.1
68 100 HDT-HSD 10000 FIXED-FLOATING 34 11.1
69 101 HDT-HSD 10000 FIXED-FLOATING 34 11.1
70 102 HDT-HSD 10000 FIXED-FLOATING 34 11.1
71 103 NAPHTHA 2000 FIXED-FLOATING 12 14.5
72 104 NAPHTHA 2000 FIXED-FLOATING 12 14.5
73 105 NAPHTHA 2000 FIXED-FLOATING 12 14.5
74 106 MS 5000 FIXED-FLOATING 15 20.6
2.7.1.1 Raw Materials &Mode of Transport
The crude oil is supplied from Assam fields by M/s OIL INDIA LIMITED ONGC through a
cross-country pipeline. Imported crude received through rakes ex Baruni refinery and
processing at GR was started in January 2017.
The finished products are dispatched from the refinery to meet the region’s demand
through product pipe line, tank lorries & tank wagons. A tank lorry gantry is with 26
EIA Report
68
loading points & a tank wagon gantry with 59 loading points. Pump house in OM&S area
are four. Pipeline length inside refinery is 0.5 km and is emergency plan is maintained by
GSPL.
After meeting the local demand for petroleum products, the excess products are pumped
to Siliguri/ Betkuchi through the 426 km long Guwahati – Siliguri product pipeline. This
product pipeline is also India’s first public sector product pipeline.
This facility includes two hydrogen bullets of 100 M3 capacity at a pressure of 50 kg/cm2,
one loading/ unloading hydrogen compressor and the facility for unloading H2 from
cylinders.
There are two LPG mounded bullet of 750 m3 capacity each, two LPG Horton sphere of
400 m3 capacity each to store it. LPG is dispatched through tank truck lorries on weight
basis.
2.7.2 Firefightingappliances/equipments/chemicals
Table 2-7 List of firefighting equipments available
S. No Mobile Appliances Quantities
1. Foam Tender 3
2. DCP Tender 1
3. Hydraulic Platform Bronoto skylift 1
4. Emergency Rescue Tender 1
5. Foam Nurser 1
6. Trolley Mounted HVLRM Capacity (1000/2000 GPM each) 2
7. Trolley Mounted HVLRM Capacity (500/1000 GPM each) with Foam Tank
1
8. Trailer Fire Water pump 1
Fixed Appliances
9. Jockey pump (150 m3/hr capacity each) 2
10. Diesel Booster Pump (450 m3/hr capacity each) 7
11. Electric Booster Pump (450 m3/hr capacity each) 5
12. Water storage Tanks (Total storage capacity 13350 m3) 4
13. Fire water Hydrants 385
14. Fire water Monitor 136
15. High volume long range monitors (Fixed Type) (2000 GPM each) 7
16. Variable flow (2000/4000 GPM) Remote HVLR 17
17. Variable Flow (1000/2000 GPM) Remote HVLR 6
18. Variable Flow (500/1000 GPM) manual HVLR 4
19. Flow (5000 GPM) remote HVLR 4
20. Overhead Foam storage tanks (Total Storage 24+14 KL) 2
21. DCP fire extinguishers of capacity 10 kg, 25 kg and 75 kg 734
22. CO2 extinguishers of capacity 2 kg, 4.5 kg, 6.8 kg & 9 kg 72
23. Clean agent extinguishers 2 kg & 4 kg 29
24. Water Spray system in storage tanks 53
25. Foam pourer provided in 72 Storage tank 77
EIA Report
69
S. No Mobile Appliances Quantities
26. Water spray system in TWUL, TTL (LPG), LPG & H2 storage facilities
Stock of fire Fighting Agent
27. Aqueous film forming foam 90 KL
28. Dry Chemical Powder 3600 kg
29. Fire Control Room
30. Fire Alarm Point 154 Nos
31. Fire Siren 7 Nos
2.7.3 Proposed Facility
Detailed Process Description
NHT Section
The NHT will make a major contribution to the ease of operation and economy of the new
CRU unit. Much greater flexibility is afforded in the choice of allowable charge stocks.
The untreated naphtha feed from various sources is pumped and mixed with hydrogen-rich
recycle gas, preheated by exchange against reactor effluent and then heated to reaction
temperature by the fired charge heater before passing to the reactor. Heat integration is
provided to minimize the utilities associated with the fired heater and product condenser.
In the reactor, the sulfur and nitrogen impurities contained in the feed are converted to
H2S and NH3 over the hydro treating catalyst. Any olefins and diolefins present in the feed
are hydrogenated to the corresponding paraffins. This hydrogenation reaction is
exothermic, but the exothermic heat is relatively small as the quantities of this
unsaturated material will be relatively small.
The reactor configuration is down-flow to ensure maximum utilization of catalyst. It also
allows for the removal of scale and debris, which collects in all hydro treating units, by
skimming the upper layer of catalyst during a unit turn around.
The reactor effluent containing hydro treated light naphtha, hydrogen-rich gas, hydrogen
sulfide and ammonia, is cooled by exchange against the combined feed and is then
mixed with wash water that is injected from the condensate injection tank. The water is
added to wash off any ammonium salts which may form in the downstream equipment as
the reactor effluent is cooled. The effluent mixture is then cooled in the reactor product
condenser and the vapor, hydrocarbon liquid and sour water are separated in the product
separator.
The product separator contains a coalesce to ensure good separation of the three
phases. The separator vapor passes to the recycle gas compressor suction drum and
EIA Report
70
then to the recycle gas compressor. Makeup hydrogen is supplied directly via CRU net gas
compressor and is introduced upstream of the reactor products condenser.
The sour water from the product separator is sent to as our water header located outside
the unit battery limits. The hydrocarbon liquid is fed to the stripper column under level
control. The stripper feed is preheated by exchange with the stripper column bottoms before
entering the stripper column.
The stripper column overheadvapors are partially condensed in the stripper condenser and
pass to the stripper overheadreceiver. The net overhead product (off gases) from this
column is a hydrocarbon rich gas containing hydrogen sulfide and ammonia which is sent
outsidethebatterylimitstorefineryFuelGasTreatingsystem.Hydrocarbonliquidfromthe stripper
overheadreceiver is returned to the column as reflux and any separated water is drained off
intermittently to the sour water header. The column bottoms are reboiled by the stripper
reboiler which is a steam heated reboiler. The treated naphtha is then sent to the CRU unit.
The stripper column would be designed to remove H2S and the C1-C4 hydrocarbons in the
hydro treated product. The NHT process unit is specified with Cat trap 10 and 30 to mitigate
any pressure drop rise due to particulates that might enter the unit.
A simplified typical flow diagram of the NHT process is shown in Figure 2.5.
Figure 2.5Flow diagram of the NHT process
EIA Report
71
Semi-RegenerativeCRUUnit
The purpose of the CRU process is to produce aromatics from the naphthene sand
paraffin, either for use as a motor fuel (because of their very high octane ratings) or as a
source of specific aromatic compounds.
Hydrotreated heavy naphtha is mixed with recycle hydrogen and then preheated by heat
exchange with reactor effluent in the combined feed exchanger (CFE). The combined feed
is then raised to their action temperature in the charge heater and sent to the reactor
section. The combined feed passes through a series of 3 reactors. Interheaters are used to
raise the reactor effluent back to the desired reactor inlet temperature. The effluent from the
last reactor is cooled in the CFE and products condenser before passing to the product
separator.
The reactors are down flow or radial flow reactors. Vapour from the product separator is
split into two streams: recycle gas and hydrogen rich net gas. The recycle compressor
compresses the total separator off gas with the recycle gas required which is sent to the
reactor section, while the net gas is sent to the product recovery section. The product
recovery section consists of an absorption column and net gas compression scheme.
Unstabilized reformate from the product recovery section is fed to the Stabilizer/
Debutanizer column. Net gas from the over head receiver is recycled to the product
recovery section. Stabilized reformate is directly run down to the downstream aromatics
complex. There is also a C6 rich side cut from taken from the Stabilizer column which is
routed to the Benzene Saturation section which is required to meet the specification of
benzene in Gasoline. Alternatively, Stabilized reformate is cooled against the column feed
and then with a product cooler before it is sent to storage. The stabilizer bottoms are
blended with the benzene saturated liquid from the benzene saturation section and is routed
to the Gasoline pool. The offgas generated from the Benzene saturation section is recycled
back to the CRU section absorption section for LPG recovery.
Flue gas from the NHT charge heater, CRU charge heater and inter heaters is sent to a
common convection section. This is used to generate high pressure steam. This high-
pressure steam is used for process heating of the stabilizer reboiler and the remaining is
exported to the refinery steam header.
EIA Report
72
A simplified typical flow diagram of the Semi-Regenerative process is shown in Figure 2.6
Figure 2.6Flow chart of semi – regenerative process
Benzene Saturation Section (BENSAT)
The UOP BenSat Process is specifically designed to reduce benzene in light naphtha and/or
light reformate streams. This is accomplished by the catalytic hydrogenation of benzene.
The reactions take place in a hydrogen atmosphere, over a fixed bed of catalyst, and at
operating conditions that minimize hydrocracking.
The process is simple and straightforward in design and operation and trouble-free in
performance permitting a minimum of staffing and supervision. Operating conditions are not
severe as reflected by moderate operating pressure, low temperatures, high catalyst space
velocity, and low hydrogen partial pressure requirements.
Except for normal hydro treating, the BenSat Process requires neitherspecial feed pre-
treatment nor especially sharp or costly prefractionation for removal of C6
cyclic or C7+.
BenSat affords the refiner considerable flexibility in the choice of feedstocks both at the time
of design or after the unit is constructed, the latter being important as changes in the overall
refinery processing scheme occur in response to changing market situations.
The major elements of the BenSat Unit are the feed surge drum, makeup gas sulfur guard
bed, liquid naphtha sulfur guard bed, saturation receiver, saturation reactor, associated
heaters and exchangers, makeup gas compressor, and product stabilizer.
EIA Report
73
The reactor section is designed to hydrogenate benzene without any significant side
reactions. The saturation reactor operates at a high space velocity allowing a relatively small
reactor size.
The benzene hydrogenation reaction is highly exothermic and the temperature increases
across the reactor. Reactor feed and effluent exchangers recover much of the heat
generated by the reaction to minimize utility costs. The design of the reactor section provides
the flexibility to adapt to varying levels of benzene charge.
A stabilizer column separates the hydrogen saturated product from the light gases present in
the reactor section.
The quantity of stabilizer gas is small, due to the selective nature of the catalyst which
permits very little hydrocracking of the light naphtha or light reformate charge to take place.
The stabilizer gas contains the hydrogen not consumed in the reactor and the light gases
(C1 through C4) introduced with the makeup gas and produced in the reactor as a result of
cracking
EIA Report
74
Figure 2.7Typical Flow Diagram of BENSAT
Table 2-8Proposed Utilities
S.No Description UOM NHT Fixed Bed
Platforming Unit
BENSAT Total
1 Heat Duty MMKcal/hr 0.50 6.61 0.00 7.11
2 Power KW 97.50 703.5 16.90 817.90
3 Steam Tonne/hr 1.32 -1.34 0.68 0.66
4 BFW Tonne/hr 0.23 4.26 0.05 4.54
5 Cooling water
M3/hr 10.00 315.00 111.00 436.00
*Figuresare taken from Licensor design package and may slightly change during detailed
engineering
List of proposed equipments are enclosed as Annexure- 16
EIA Report
75
2.8 Material Balance
A. NHT unit
Table 2-9 NHT Unit
Name In/Out Flow rate (kg/hr)
Design Case 1 Design Case 2
Naphtha Feed In 11250 11250
Make Up Gas from CRU In 22 18
Off Gas Out 37 39
Heavy Naphtha to CRU Out 11235 11229
B. Semi Regenerative CRU Unit (Including Bensat Unit)
Table 2-10 Semi Regenerative CRU Unit
Name In/Out Flow rate (kg/hr)
Case 1
- SOR
Case 1
- EOR
Case 2
- SOR
Case 2
- EOR
Naphtha Stripper Bottoms In 11235 11235 11229 11229
Net Hydrogen Rich Gas (1) Out 754 796 798 856
Reformate Out 10319 10126 10331 10218
Hydrogen Rich Gas to NHT Out 22 22 18 18
LPG Out 140 291 82 137
C. Complex Wide Material Balance – Design Case 1 & Design Case 2
Table 2-11 Complex Wide Material Balance
Name In/Out Flow Rate (kg/hr)
Design Case 1 Design Case 2
SOR EOR SOR EOR
Naphtha Feed In 11250 11250 11250 11250
Net Hydrogen Rich Gas (1) Out 754 796 798 856
Reformate Out 10319 10126 10331 10218
LPG Out 140 291 82 137
Off Gas from the Complex Out 37 37 39 39
Notes:
1. The flow rate represented is the total net gas rate.
The purity of net gas is as follows:
• 92.6 mol % for Case 1 SOR & 91.3 mol %for Case 1 EOR
• 92.8 mol % for Case 2 SOR & 91.7 mol % for Case 2 EOR
EIA Report
76
2.9 Fuel Oil Characteristics
Table 2-12 Fuel Oil Characteristics
Fuel Oil
S.No Property Units Values
1 Density @ 15OC Kg/m3 0.9615
2 Acidity (Inorgnic) Mg KOH/gm Nil
3 Total Sulphur %mass 0.45
4 Ash Percent % wt .024
5 Flash Point OC >100
6 Pour Point OC +21
7 C/H Ratio - 7.63744
8 CCR %wt 2.4
9 Water Content %v 1.70
10 Sed/ Ex. %wt 0.18
11 Viscosity @ 70.c Cr 11.26
12 [email protected] -- 7.58
13 Gross Cal. Value Kcal/kg 10241.34
14 Net Cal. Value -- 9660
Source: M/s GR
Table 2-13 Fuel gas composition
Components Mol % M.Wt Wt %
CH4 39.5 16 33.89
C2H6 11.2 30 17.95
C2H4 6.2 28 9.35
C3H8 3 44 7.12
C3H6 1.2 40 2.47
i-C4 0.5 58 1.53
n-C4 0.6 58 1.99
Trans-2-butane 0 56 0.12
Butene-1 0 56 0.04
Iso-butylene 0 54 0.05
Cis-2butene 0.1 56 0.17
i-C5 0.8 72 3.17
n-C5 0.5 72 1.98
1,3 butadiene 0 54 0
C6+ 0.5 70 1.8
C5 Olefins 0.5 86 2.32
H2 26.9 2 2.89
O2 0.3 32 0.54
2.10 Sulfur Balance
Detailed Sulfur balance is given in Table 2-14.
Table 2-14 Sulfur balance for Proposed Revamp
S. No Feeds TMTPA Sulfur (PPMW) Sulfur(MTPA)
1 Straight Run Naphtha 71 50 3.55
2 Wild Naphtha 9 10 0.09
3 Coker Naphtha 10 1660 16.6
EIA Report
77
S. No Feeds TMTPA Sulfur (PPMW) Sulfur(MTPA)
Total 90 20.24
Product
1 S converted to H2S across Naphtha Hydrotreater 20.2
2.11 Plot area
The proposed project is planned within the existing facility of M/s IOCL (GR). The total land
area is 490 Acres. Plot plan and greenbelt area are shown below inFigure2.9andalso
attached as Annexure – 6.
2.11.1 Site Photographs
Site Photographs of proposed facility given in Figure 2.8.
Figure 2.8Proposed Site Photographs
2.11.2 Land Area Breakup
Detailed Land breakup is summarized inTable 2-15.
22-12-2017 22-12-2017
22-12-2017 22-12-2017
EIA Report
78
Table 2-15 Land use planning of the Project Site
S. No Site Name Acres %
Existing Proposed Total
1 Plant Area 209 -- 209
1(a) Plant Built up area 143 1.23 144.23 29.43
1(b) Green belt within Industry
36 0 36 7.35
1(c) Miscellaneous 30 -1.23 28.77 5.87
2 Residential area
281 0 281 (Sector 1, 2 & 3)
2(a) Built up Area 112.4 0 112.4 22.94
2(b) Residential Area Green Belt
168.6 0 168.6 34.41
Total Area (1 + 2) 490 0 490 100
Total Green Belt 1(b)+2(b)
204.6 0 204.6 41.76
Note: Due to space constraint 33% green belt cannot be expanded inside the refinery.
However, the plantation is taken up in and around the refinery and township areas.
Additional Plantation activities are being submitted to RO MOEF through Six monthly post
EC compliance reports and being certified. (Copies enclosed as Annexure 5)
The Refinery has good Green Belt cover around its boundary and it would act as the buffer
zone. Since the proposed unit will be located within the existing plant area, development of
green belt may not be required.
In order to maintain the natural green surrounding the Refinery, it is observed that tree
plantation is carried out on a regular basis to replace the old trees and to plant new ones. A
large number of trees (including local fruit trees) have been planted in the surrounding area
and Ecological parks have been developed in this area and also in township (sectors 1, 2
and 3).
EIA Report
79
Figure2.9 Existing and ProposedSite Layout
EIA Report
80
Figure2.10Green Belt Area within Refinery Complex demarcated on Google Earth Image
EIA Report
81
2.12 Man Power Requirement
During construction phase approximately 300 people are required on temporary basis based
on various skills. The Total Man power requirement of the project (shift wise) is given in
Table 2-16&Table 2-17.
Table 2-16Construction Phase
S. No Description Manpower
1. Contract 300
2. Permanent 0
3. Total 300
Table 2-17Operation Phase
S. No
Shift wise requirement Manpower
Existing Proposed Total
1 A shift 106 6 112
2 B shift 110 5 115
3 C shift 92 5 97
4 General (48 hrs) 104 0 104
5 General (36 hrs) 324 0 324
6 CISF 290 0 290
7 Technicians 495 0 495
8 Helper 17 0 17
Total 1538 16 1554
2.13 Power & Fuel Requirements
Table 2-18Fuel requirement & Power Details
Details Capacity
Source Existing Proposed Total
Power Requirement(MW/Hr) ~18 -0.725 17.275 CPP
Fuel Oil(KLPH) 10.5 0.66 11.16 CFO/RFO blend, brought from Digboi ref.
Fuel Gas (KLPH) 3.65 0.5 4.15 Unit off gas
2.14 Water Requirement
Details of Existing and proposed water requirements and quantity of effluent
generated are summarized below in Table 2-19.
Existing
Total water requirement of the existing facility is 551.30 KLPH of which fresh water
requirement is 398.93 KLPH.
EIA Report
82
Proposed
Total water requirement of the proposed is 346 KLPH of which fresh water
requirement is 162KLPH
EIA Report
83
Table 2-19 Existing and proposed water requirements
S.
N
o
Descrip
tion
Existing (KLPH) Proposed (KLPH) Total (KLPH) Remarks
Total
Water
Fresh
Water
Treated
Water
Use
Water
from
DM
Effluent/
Sewage
Generate
d Loss
Total
Water
Fresh
Water
Treate
d
Water
Use
Wat
er
fro
m
DM
Effluent
/
Sewage
Genera
ted
Loss
Tota
l
Wat
er
Fresh
Water
Treated
Water
Use
Wat
er
fro
m
DM
Effluent
/
Sewag
e
Genera
ted
Loss
1 DM
Plant 112 112 0 0 10 5 -26.3 -26.3 0 0 -7 -2 85.7 85.7 0 0 3 3
Regeneration
Sent to ETP
a Boiler 134 0 55 79 59 20 -67.2 0 -55 -12.2 -54.5 42.3 66.8 0 0 66.8 4.5 62.3 Blow Down
Sent to ETP
b Process 18 0 0 18 18 0 -2.1 0 0 -2.1 -2.1 0 15.9 0 0 15.9 15.9 0 Blow Down
Sent to ETP
2 Cooling
Tower 300.3 197.93 102.37 0 27.3 273 -94.6 -141.23 46.63 0 96.5 -201.1
205.7
56.7 149 0 123.8 71.9 Blow Down
Sent to ETP
3 Green
Belt 5 5 0 0 0 5 1 -5 6 0 0 -5 6 0 6 0 0 0
4 Domesti
c 20 20 0 0 18 2 -12 -12 0 0 -12 0 8 8 0 0 6 2
Sent to ETP
5 Flushin
g 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 9 0 9 0 9 0 9 0 9 0
6 Service
water 50 30 20 0 40 10 -49 -29 -20 0 -39 -10 1 1 0 0 1 0
Sent to ETP
7 Fire
water 64 34 30 0 40 24 -33.4 -23.4 -10 0 -15 -18.4 30.6 10.6 20 0 25 5.6
Sent to ETP
Total 703.3 398.93 207.37 97 212.30 339 -274.6 -236.93 -23.37 -14.3 -24.1 -194.2 428.
7 162 184 82.7 188.2 144.8
Source: M/S IOC-GR
Note: Existing: Out of 212.30KLPH of Effluent generated 142.37KLPH of treated effluent is reused in the system. 16.58 KLPH is discharged into Brahmaputra river and 43 KLPH Net Discharge to
storm water channel excluding evaporation & Ground Losses
Proposed: Out of 185.7KLPH of effluent generated 184KLPH of treated effluent is reused in the system. 4.2 KLPH discharged into Water reservoir pond excluding evaporation & Ground Losses
EIA Report
84
Figure 2.11Water Balance chart of Existing Unit
EIA Report
85
Figure 2.12Water Balance for Proposed Unit
EIA Report
86
2.15 Source of water Supply
Freshwater requirement is met from River Brahmaputra. Permission Letter from
CGWA/ local administration enclosed as Annexure19.
2.16 Water Pollution Control Measures
Existing
Approx. 212.30 KLPH of effluent is being generated in the existing facility of which
16.58 KLPH is discharged into Brahmaputra river and 43 KLPH Net Discharge to
storm water channel excluding evaporation & Ground Losses. Remaining 142.37
KLPH is being reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water makeup and
service water.
Proposed
Due to the proposed expansion Approx. 188.2 KLPH of effluent is generated in the
existing facility of which 4.2 KLPH is discharged into water reservoir pond.
Remaining 184 KLPH is reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water
makeup, Flushing and Green Belt.
Detailed process of Effluent treatment is given in section 4.7.3
2.17 Air Pollution Control Measures
Table 2-20 Air Pollution Control Measures
S. No Description Unit Flue Gas
Characteristics Control Measures
1 Semi
Regenerative Type CRU
CRU Flow: 14.5 MT/hr Sox: 36.5 ppmw NOx:29.6 ppmw
Only fuel gas firing has been considered which
will minimize NOX & SO2 emission
Note:
i. Only fuel gas firing has been considered in all heaters which has lower
sulphur as compared to refinery fuel oil.
ii. Ultra-low NOx burners have been considered to improve upon fuel efficiency
and emission control.
EIA Report
87
2.18 Green Belt
Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery
Guwahati Refinery had created the eco-park covering an area of approximately
40000 m2. Nestled amidst verdant sylvan surrounding bounded by evergreen teak
plantation infused with regular pre-seasonal and seasonal rains and a blooming
water lily filled pond, the eco-park with a sprawling English landscaped garden of
approximately 5500 m2 at sector-1 township is the fitting venue of bio-diversity.
Moreover, Guwahati Refinery is also developed two more eco-gardens in Sector-II
and Sector-III township and are of approximately 4200 m2 and 6500 m2.
Photographs of Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery is given in Figure2.13
Figure2.13 Ecopark at Guwahati Refinery
The green belt area is the nesting place of local species of birds like swan, crane,
heron, crow, sparrow, kingfisher, eagle, cuckoo, common myna and other species of
local birds. The pond amidst the eco-park is the home for local species of aquatic
birds like heron, crane, duck, kingfisher etc. Besides the birds some local animals
like Deer, Rabbit, Monkey, Fox, Mongoose, Snakes, Chameleon. Lizard etc. are
also spotted visiting the eco-park The surrounding of the pond is planted with local
variety of flora like Cardinal, Lemon Grass, Fortune’s spindle, Silver mound, Cycas,
Rose, Palm, Jackfruit, Cashew, Guava, Mango, Elephant apple, Bakula, Hilikha,
Nahar etc
EIA Report
88
Figure2.14 Species in Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery
Guwahati Refinery with the theme of “PRAKRITI KE SAATH, PRAGATI KI O’R”, is
extensively focused on natural harmony with the preservation of surrounding and its
bio-diversity with some of the following activities: -
Plantation of 5000 nos. of trees is carried out in partnership with NHAI along the NH-
31 in the year 2016-17 under PETROTECH CARBON NEUTRALITY event.
Plantation of a total of 20000 teak trees, 12975 local species like Guava, Mango,
Elephant apple etc. and 100 Bakul, Nahar was carried out in the preceding years to
create Green Belt area in Sec-1.
Help of Forest Department, Assam, was sought in developing green belt/ eco-park.
Plantation of 1000 trees in sector II was carried out according to Akira Miyakawi
method developed by Japanese botanist with the help of CPCB Shillong.
Photographs of species& trees in Ecopark is given in Figure2.14&Figure2.15
EIA Report
89
Figure2.15 Trees in Eco-park at Guwahati Refinery
2.19 Municipal Solid Waste Management
During Construction Phase
During construction phase ~0.2 TPD of municipal solid waste is envisaged.
Anticipated construction and demolition waste is 1.5 TPD which will be disposed by
the contractor as per Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016.
During Operation Phase
During operation phase a total of 97.2 Kg/day of solid waste is generated of which
40.3 kg/Day of organic waste is composted and remaining Inorganic waste will be
disposed through authorized vendors.
EIA Report
90
Table 2-21Organic & Inorganic Solid Waste details
S. No
List of Items
Quantity (Kg/day) Total (kg/Day)
Remarks
Existing Proposed
1 Organic waste
36 4.3 40.3 Composted and used as Manure for Green Belt
2 Inorganic waste
54 2.9 56.9 Disposed through Authorized PCB vendors
Total 90 7.2 97.2
As per CPCB 0.45 kg/ capita/ day
2.20 Hazardous Waste Management
Table 2-22 Hazardous Waste details
S. No List of Items Waste
Category
Quantity (Ton) Remarks
Existing Proposed
1 Spent Catalyst
4.2 69.43 0.99
Proposed Catalyst: Nickel
based Bimetallic
Composition:
Ni, Moand Sulfur
Frequency: 3 Yrs.
Disposal Method:
Authorized vendors for
Land Fill
2
NetGasChloride
treating
Adsorbent (CRU
Unit)
-- 0.788
Composition:
Activated Alumina
Frequency: Once in
everysix months
Disposal Method:
Authorized vendors for
Land Fill
3
Makeup Gas
Sulfur Guard
Bed (BENSAT
Unit)
-- 0.176
Composition:
CopperOxide, Aluminum
Oxide, SodiumOxide
Frequency: 1 Yr
Disposal Method:
Authorized vendors for
Land Fill
4
Liquid Feed
Sulfur Guard
Bed (BENSAT
Unit)
-- 0.224
Composition:
CopperOxide, Aluminum
Oxide, SodiumOxide
Frequency: 1 Yr
Disposal Method:
Authorized vendors for
EIA Report
91
S. No List of Items Waste
Category
Quantity (Ton) Remarks
Existing Proposed
Land Fill
5 Spent Catalyst
(BENSAT Unit) -- 0.192
Composition:
Aluminum Oxide, Platinum
Frequency: 8 Yrs
Disposal Method:
Metal Recovery
6. Oily Sludge 4.1 1754
Frequency: Once every six
months
Disposal Method:
Authorized vendors for
disposal
7.
Pollution Control
Facilities
(Residual Cake)
1217
Disposal Method:
Authorized vendors for
Land Fill
Table 2-23Solid waste from proposed CRU Unit
UOM Amount Unit Frequency Waste Management
Spent Catalyst Kg 1390 NHT Once in
every 3
years
Spent catalyst /
guard bed are stored
in sealed drum for
auction for metal
recovery/ landfill.
Spent catalyst/bed
material is processed
at vendor set up.
Sulfur Guard Bed Kg 202.2 BENSAT 6 months
Spent Catalyst Kg 190 BENSAT 10 years
Net Gas Chloride
Guard Bed
Kg 350 Platforming 6 months
LPG Chloride
Guard Bed
Kg 260 Platforming 1 year
Spent Catalyst
from Reactors
Kg 9627 Platforming Once in 2
years
EIA Report
92
Chapter 3
Description of
Environment
EIA Report
93
3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT
3.1 Preamble
This chapter depicts the establishment of baseline for valued environmental
components, as identified in and around the proposed project with an area of 490
Acres (~198.3 Hectare) located at Patta No-54 And Dag No-1, Guwahati refinery,
Noonmati Village, Kamrup District, Assam State. The primary baseline data
monitored covered three (3) months i.e., from March 2018– May 2018, and
secondary data was collected from Government and Semi-Government
organizations. The primary baseline data has been generated by M/s. Hubert Enviro
Care Systems (P) Ltd, Chennai, and a MoEF&CC approved Environmental Testing
Laboratory for the following Terrestrial environmental components.
Meteorology: Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall, Wind Speed &
Direction- Refer Section - 3.6.1
Ambient Air Quality: Particulate matter <10-micron size (PM10), Particulate
matter <2.5-micron size (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide
(NO2), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Lead (Pb), Ozone (O3), Benzene (C6H6),
Benzo (a) pyrene (C20H12), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni)&Ammonia (NH3), - Refer
Section - 3.6.3
Ambient Noise Levels: Day equivalent noise levels, Night equivalent noise
levels - Refer Section - 3.7
Inland Water Quality: Groundwater Quality, Surface Water Quality - Refer
Section - 3.8 and 3.9
Soil Quality - Refer Section - 3.10
Ecology - Refer Section - Error! Reference source not found.
Social Economic Status - Refer Section - 3.12
3.2 Study Area
A 10km radial distance with the proposed project site as the epicenter has been
identified as the General study area for assessing the baseline environmental status.
The core study area is the project area and its immediate surroundings to the tune of
1.0 Km radius from the boundary. Further the Project Impact/Influence Area (PIA) is
10Km from the boundary of the Project site area covering Guwahati refinery,
Noonmati Village, Guwahati Taluka, Kamrup District, Assam State.
EIA Report
94
3.3 Description of the Study Area
As Described in Chapter 1 Introduction,state Highway 3 is 1.5
Km,West,Guwahati railway station is 5.2 Km,East and LokpriyaGopinath Bordoloi
International Airport is 23 Km WSW away from GR. An overall idea of the study area
with reference to the physical conditions are presented for better understanding in
the following sections before proceeding into the section on the prevailing
environmental conditions of the study area. The map showing the satellite image
study area of Project is given in Figure 3.1 and TopoMap of the study area is given
in Figure 3.8
EIA Report
95
Figure 3.1 Map showing the Satellite Image of the study area
EIA Report
96
3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas
The details of environmentally/ecologically sensitive areas covering within 15 km
from project boundary are given in Table 3-1andFigure 3.2.
Table 3-1 Environmental Sensitive Areas within 15km radius from Project
Boundary
S.No. Areas Distance & Direction from project boundary
1 Areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value
S. No
Description Distance (km) Direction
1 Amchang wildlife sanctuary ~3.5 E
2 Assam state zoo ~3.51 WSW
3 DeeporBeel Bird’s sanctuary ~14.7 W
4 Brahmaputra river ~2.13 N
5
Assam-Meghalaya Inter State boundary
~7 S
2 Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons – Wetlands, Watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests
S. No
Description Distance(km) Direction
1 Amchang RF ~3.51 E
2 Amchang WLS Core ~3.92 E
3 Khanapara RF ~6.89 SE
4 Mylliem RF ~7.54 SSE
5 State Boundary ~6.99 SSE
6 Garbhanga RF ~8.40 SSW
7 Marakdola RF ~12.09 SE
8 Brahmaputra River ~2.13 N
9 Phatasil RF ~8.64 WSW
10 Rani RF ~13.83 SW
11 Agyathuri RF ~14.65 WNW
12 Sila RF ~12.55 WSW
13 Dirgheswar RF ~8.74 NW
14 Mudunkuri Nadi ~14.94 NW
15 Bar Nadi ~6.90 NW
16 Silguri Nadi ~8.65 NW
17 Godiabil Nala ~10.96 N
18 Sampathar Nadi ~4.43 ENE
19 Bardong Nala ~8.65 SE
20 Umbhanga Nadi ~13.27 SSE
21 Bharalu River ~2.92 SW
22 Guwahati Zoo & Botanical Garden
~2.29 SSW
23 Moralouralu Nala ~6.61 WSW
24 Jojoa Nadi ~10.13 SW
25 Mora Nala ~6.87 SW
3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration
Amchang wildlife sanctuary is 3.5 km towards East
Deepor Beel Bird Scantury is 14.7 Km towards West
4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters
Nil
EIA Report
97
5 State, National boundaries Assam Meghalaya Interstate boundary is 7 km towards south
6 Routes or facilities used by the public for access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas
Nil
7 Defence installations Nil
8 Densely populated or built-up area (Nearest Town, City, District)
S. No
Description Distance
(~km) Direction
1 Madgharia 0.13 S
2 Bishnu Rabha Nagar 0.1 W
3 Jytoti Nagar 0.1 N
4 Jyoti Nagar 1.18 W
5 Pragati Nagar 0.2 S
6 Jonaki Nagar 0.4 SSE
7 Mathghjaria 0.6 ES
9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities)
Educational Institutes
S. No
Description Distance (~km) Direction
1 Gurukul Grammar Senior Secondary School
0.85 S
2 KVS Noonmati school 2.2 NE
3 Holy Child School 2.4 WNW
4 Central Public School 3.46 WSW
5 Don Bosco Senior Secondary School
5.7 W
6 Angels English High School
7 WSW
7 Daffodils English School 5.95 WSW
8 Guwahati College 1.54 W
9 Guwahati Commerce College
2.78 W
10 Asian Institute of Management and Technology
2.74 WSW
11 B. Borooah College 4.6 WSW
12 Handique Girls College 5.33 W
Hospitals
S. No
Description Distance (~km) Direction
1 Guwahati Medical College and Hospital
4.2 SW
2 Pratiksha Hospital 2.5 S
3 Dispur Hospitals Pvt. Ltd. 3.9 SSW
4 Apollo Hospitals 3.7 SSW
5 Nemcare Hospital 4 WSW
6 Wintrobe Hospital 4.78 W
10 Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources (ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals)
No
EIA Report
98
11 Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage. (those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded
No
12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems
(earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)
The project site and surrounding study region falls in Zone V – Highest Risk Zone
EIA Report
99
Figure 3.2 Environmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boundary
EIA Report
100
3.5 Physical Conditions
In this section, the physical conditions of PIA district are discussed in general
and wherever possible references to the conditions prevailing in the study area in
particular are also provided. The physical conditions are discussed as under:
District profile
Drainage, land use, geology, Physiography
Natural resources
Climatic conditions, seismic zone characteristics and natural hazard
3.5.1 PIA District Profile
Kamrup metropolitan district is located between 25o43’and 26o51’ N Latitude
and 90o36’ – 92o12’ E Longitude. This district has one Sub-Divisions-Kamrup
Metropolitan Sadar Sub-Division. This district has 31 Municipal wards in the city
Guwahati. The district is bounded on the West and North by the Kamrup district and
on the East by the Morigaon district. On the South, lies the state of Meghalaya.
Source:
https://kamrupmetro.in/info/District%20Profile/District%20at%20a%20Glance.html
3.5.2 Climatic Conditions
The climatic condition of Kamrup does not differ much from that of the rest of Assam
Valley. The area has a sub-tropical climate with wet warm summer and dry cool
winter.
Winter Season (Dec –Feb)
This Season is characterised by cool weather with a temperature variations of
100 C to 250C and very low rainfall ranging from 2.1 mm to 11.4 mm. The quantity of
rainfall is not exceeding 2%of the total annual average.
Pre-monsoon or Spring Season (March-April)
This is characterised by a rapid rise of temperature and average temperature
is ranging between 190C to 280C. The earlier part of this period continues to be dry.
Temperature begins to rise from March and mango showers of cyclonic origin fall in
April. The occasional Pre-monsoon rain occurs in late April and early May. Maximum
average rainfall during this season is 28 cm. The humidity is low i.e. 70^ [approx.].
EIA Report
101
The high temperature prevailing in the later part of this period with occasional rain
provides a climatic basis for the seedlings of the crops of the state.
Source:http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/69461/7/07_chapter%203.pdf
3.5.3 Natural Resources
a. River Resources: River Brahmaputra, Bharalu, Digaru and Kolong are the
major rivers of the district.
Source:https://kamrupmetro.in/info/District%20Profile/District%20at%20a%20Glance.ht
ml
b. Minerals Resources: The State of Assam was the only oil producing state in
India till the oil fields of Gujarat and Bombay Highs were discovered. Along with
oil there are also modest reserves of natural gas in Assam. Coal, petroleum &
natural gas, limestone and minor minerals are the chief mineral resources of the
State. Guwahati city has mineral reserves in the form of oil and natural gas. The
Guwahati Refinery, the petroleum refinery of IOCL at Noonmati, is the most
important manufacturing industry in the city. The refinery produces diesel,
liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), petrol, furnace oil, kerosene, coke etc. Guwahati
also has reserve in the form of natural gas. Natural gas is a source of power
and other chemical by products.
c. Biotic resources: Biotic resources are obtained from the biosphere such as
forest and animals. The reserved forests which account for biotic resources
within the limits of GMC are Hengrabari, Phatasil and Jalukbari. These forests
are under the administrative control of the Divisional Forest Office, Kamrup
(East) Forest Division. Rani and Garbhanga reserved forests are also located in
Guwahati. These reserved forests have a large population of elephants. Deepor
Beel in Guwahati is a famous wildlife sanctuary here having vast forest area
and known for having varied bird-life. The environment of Guwahati is rich in
wildlife having several rare mammals such as Asian elephants, tiger, python
and primates. Guwahati also has a rich and diverse avifauna in and around the
city. The diverse landscape of the state has a variety of mixed dense forests
which include numerous varieties of trees, bamboos, cane groves, tall grasses,
herbaceous and shrubby vegetations. In the state different varieties of
EIA Report
102
deciduous and evergreen timber producing trees flourish like Sal (Shorea
robusta), Makai (Shorea assamica), Nageshwara (Mesut ferrea), Tiachapa
(Micheelia champaka), Sonaru (Classia fistula), Gunsarai (Chinamonum
glanduliferum), Ajhar (Lager straemiaflos regina), Agar (Aquilaria agalocha),
Hollock (Terminalia bicolorata), Hollong (Diptercarpus bondii), Simul (Bombak
malabaricum), Khair (Accacia cateshu), etc. The forests also shelter various
types of parasites, epiphytes and orchids. The most important amongst the
fauna in Assam is the single horned Indian Rhino (Rhinoceros unicornis).
Besides this, the forests in the state provides habitat for a variety of other
animals such as wild elephant, wild buffalo, wild pig, gaur, bison, chital, sambar,
swamp deer, hog deer, barking deer, tiger, bear, wild cat, wild dog, hare,
panther, and monkey. Amongst birds, wild geese, teal, black and marsh
partridge, wild fowl, pea fowl, wood cock, snipe and varieties of peasant are
found.
d. Agriculture: The chief agricultural products include variety of rice, tea, jute,
mustard, pulses, sugarcane, potatoes, oranges, pineapples, coconut, betels,
black pepper, citrus fruits, and bananas besides many types of vegetables. The
major crop production observed in Kamrup district is Rice and fiber. Various
crops grown in Kamrup district rural and Metropolitan Area is summarized
below in Table 3-2andTable 3-3. Geological and mineral resource map of
Assam is given in Figure 3.3.
EIA Report
103
Table 3-2 List of Crops produced in Kamrup Rural area
Crop/Year 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 (Pr)
Rice
A 118239 122238 119693 120164 122730 116838 121339 113627 110188
P 218431 227971 228253 280425 235865 238027 274260 260897 273394
AV 1863 1882 1928 2359 1943 2059 2284 2320 2502
Pulses
A 6218 7185 6984 6428 6236 7636 6823 5697 5404
P 3515 4003 4135 3758 3731 4783 4383 4487 3500
AV 565 557 593 584 599 626 642 788 648
Rabi Pulses
A 5958 6945 6731 6183 6012 7377 6557 5436 5173
P 3343 3854 3971 3600 3563 4579 4165 4255 3321
AV 555 555 590 582 593 621 635 783 642
Fibers
A 3791 3604 3125 3421 3920 4065 3979 5088 4881
P 55766 59489 44229 51799 32309 25912 27688 49918 61329
AV 2648 2672 2548 2726 1484 1147 1253 1737 2261
Cereals
A 121694 125433 121377 122657 125036 119093 123699 115369 111806
P 223034 231701 231822 283410 238057 240354 277534 263092 275489
AV 1848 1864 1910 2335 1924 2039 2244 2280 2485
Oil Seeds
A 8821 8523 9460 9351 9334 10816 11450 11577 11479
P 4633 3662 5515 4766 5601 6555 9776 6896 8687
AV 525 430 583 509 600 606 854 596 757
Other crops like sugarcane, black pepper, Ginger, Areca nut, Orange, Pine Apple, Potato, Sweet Potato, Tapioca, Onion, Papaya, Banana Chilies, Coconut Tobacco and turmeric are also grown.
A: Area (in hect.) P: Production (in tonnes) AV: Average yield (in kg / hect.) Pr: Provisional Source: Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Assam
EIA Report
104
Table 3-3List of Crops produced in Kamrup Metropolitan area
Crop/Year 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 (Pr)
Rice
A 25155 29465 28110 29658 29761 29588 29228 29210 29559
P 46175 52296 56151 70609 65020 68668 69552 64756 69126
AV 1853 1794 2019 2407 2209 2347 2406 2241 2362
Pulses
A 744 903 670 779 784 1003 935 933 934
P 442 676 412 514 530 698 668 800 660
AV 594 748 617 660 676 696 714 857 706
Rabi Pulses
A 667 855 632 729 743 958 891 890 895
P 381 638 383 475 497 660 630 758 626
AV 572 747 608 652 669 689 707 852 699
Fibers
A 154 158 71 68 63 64 62 56 59
P 1589 1615 705 585 532 489 543 512 570
AV 1858 158 1785 1546 1519 1378 1576 1618 1739
Cereals
A 25470 29717 28041 29910 29997 29811 29453 29433 29791
P 46490 52521 56363 70862 65249 68894 69959 65091 69540
AV 1842 1786 2010 2395 2199 2337 2375 2211 2358
Oil Seeds
A 1265 1251 1258 285 1284 1772 1780 1820 1871
P 760 641 508 125 853 757 917 1136 1284
AV 600 513 404 436 664 428 516 624 686
Other crops like sugarcane, black pepper, Ginger, Areca nut, Orange, Pine Apple, Potato, Sweet Potato, Tapioca, Onion, Papaya, Banana Chilies, Coconut Tobacco and turmeric are also grown.
A: Area (in hect.) P: Production (in tonnes) AV: Average yield (in kg / hect.) Pr: Provisional Source: Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Govt. of Assam
EIA Report
105
Figure 3.3 Geology & Minerals Map of Assam State
EIA Report
106
3.5.4 Land Use & Land Cover
The Kamrup district has total geographical area of 434500 Ha. out of which net
cultivated area is 181608 Ha, Forest area is 116694 Ha, Fallow land is 71110 Ha,
Land not available to cultivation is 89542 Ha, Tea cultivation, 3660 Ha, Others
108000 Ha. (Source: http://kamrup.nic.in/geofr.htm).
Details of district land use/land cover statistics for Kamrup district is given Table 3-4
and Land Use map of Kamrup district is given in Figure 3.4. Land Use pattern of the
district is given in Figure 3.5.
Table 3-4 District land use/land cover statistics for Kamrup district
S. No
Division of Land Use/Land Cover Area
Sq. Km Acres Ha %
1 Built-up, Urban 128.86 31841.95 12886 2.965708
2 Built-up, Mining 10.96 2708.271 1096 0.252244
3 Agriculture, Plantation 11.03 2725.568 1103 0.253855
4 Agriculture, Current Shifting Cultivation 3.95 976.0648 395 0.090909
5 Forest,Deciduous 1306.01 322721.6 130601 30.05777
6 Forest,Scrub Forest 218.04 53881.25 21805 5.018412
7 Barren/ uncultivable/ Wastelands, Gullied/Ravinous Land 0.01 2.47105 1 0.00023
8 Barren/uncultivable/ Wastelands, Sandy area 4.11 1015.602 411 0.094591
9 Wetlands/Water Bodies, Inland Wetland 173.29 42820.83 17329 3.988262
10 Wetlands/Water Bodies, Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds 10.75 2656.379 1075 0.247411
11 Built-up,Rural 56.31 13914.48 5631 1.295972
12 Agriculture,Crop land 1350.01 333594.2 135001 31.07043
13 Agriculture,Fallow 120.68 29820.63 12068 2.777445
14 Forest,Evergreen/ Semi evergreen 564.16 139406.8 56416 12.98412
15 Forest,Forest Plantation 7.52 1858.23 752 0.173072
16 Grass/Grazing 64.01 15817.19 6401 1.473188
17 Barren/uncultivable/ Wastelands, Scrub land 32.5 8030.913 3250 0.747986
18 Barren/uncultivable/ Wastelands, Barren rocky 0.07 17.29735 7 0.001611
19 Wetlands/Water Bodies, River/Stream/canals 282.72 69861.53 28272 6.506789
Total 4345 1073671 434500 100
Source: Bhuvan
EIA Report
107
Figure 3.4 Land Use/Land cover Map of Kamrup District
EIA Report
108
Figure 3.5 Land Use Pattern of PIA district
EIA Report
109
3.5.4.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area
Total Project Study Area is 350.03 Sq. Km. Land Use /Land Cover statistics of 10
Km radius of the Study Area is given in Table 3-5 and land Use pattern of Study
area is given in and LULC map of the Study area is given in Figure 3.7.
Table 3-5 Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area
S.No Division of Land Use/Land Cover
Area
Sq.Km Acres in Ha %
1 Urban 92.97 22973.35 9297 26.56
2 Deciduous 65.45 16173.02 6545 18.70
3 River / Stream / Canals 61.54 15206.84 6154 17.58
4 Scrub Forest 39.55 9773.00 3955 11.30
5 Crop land 38.15 9427.06 3815 10.90
6 Evergreen/ Semi evergreen 25.54 6311.06 2554 7.30
7 Inland Wetland 9.48 2342.56 948 2.71
8 Grass / Grazing 7.14 1764.33 714 2.04
9 Forest Plantation 5.89 1455.45 589 1.68
10 Rural 1.61 397.84 161 0.46
11 Mining 1.17 289.11 117 0.33
12 Scrub land 1.10 271.82 110 0.31
13 Water bodies 0.44 108.73 44 0.13
Total 350.03 86494.163 35003 100
EIA Report
110
Figure 3.6 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area
EIA Report
111
Figure 3.7 Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area
EIA Report
112
3.5.5 Topography
The Kamrup district is located in the North-Eastern part in the state of Assam. It is
situated between 25°46' and 26°49' North Latitude and between 90°48' and 91°50'
East Longitude. It is bounded by Udalguri and Baksa districts in the north,
Meghalaya in the south, Darrang and Kamrup Metropolitan areas in the east and
Goalpara and Nalbari district in the west. The mighty Brahmaputra meander its
course from east to west through the district of Kamrup cutting it into two distinct
parts- North and South. The major portion of Guwahati sub-division is located on the
southern bank. On the northern side of the river stands Rangia sub-division. The
greater part of the district consists of a wide plain and a few hills cropping up above
the alluvium on both sides of the Brahmaputra. The southern plain is much broken
up by hills compared to the northern plain. Topo map of the study area is given in
Figure 3.8. Physical map of Kamrup is given in Figure 3.9. Contour map of the
Study area is given inFigure 3.10.
Source:
http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/116362/11/11_chapter%202.pdf
EIA Report
113
Figure 3.8 Topo map of the study area
EIA Report
114
(Source: maps of India)
Figure 3.9 Physical map of Assam State
EIA Report
115
Figure 3.10Contour map of Study Area
EIA Report
116
3.5.6 Geology of PIA District
Geologically the area is closely linked with the Himalayan geology in the northern
part and pre-Cambrian rock mass of the Gondwana land in the southern part. The
major part of the region has been built up by alluvial deposits on the pre-Cambrian
base that slopes down from the Meghalaya plateau towards the Himalayas. The
oldest formations in the region are confined to the south and consist of gneisses
which were extensively intruded by granites occurring mostly as small bosses. These
gneisses are of two types, the older and younger, both having coarse and fine
grains. The gneisses developed during the lower pre-Cambrian period. Geology map
of the PIA district is given in Figure 3.3.
Source:http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/69461/7/07_chapter%203.p
df
3.5.7 Geomorphology of PIA District
Physiographically the district can be divided into three units; i.e. the hilly region in the
south, the alluvial plain in the central and western part and the swampy areas along
Brahmaputra plains. The distinguishable geomorphic units are as follows.
a) Flood plain of river Brahmaputra and its tributaries.
b) Younger alluvial plain which occupies major part of the area, having slightly
higher elevation than flood plain.
c) Older alluvium/valley fill, gently sloping plain, having higher elevation than the
younger alluvial plain.
d) Piedmont, gently sloping plain along the foothills.
e) Inselberg occurs as very small isolated hills.
f) Denudational hills considering of granite, gneissic rocks
The different rock formation occurring in the district has been subjected to
various soil forming processes through agents of weathering and transportation
during different geological ages. Soils comprising various proportions of sand, silt,
clay and organic material in the district are grouped into three broad categories – a)
newer alluvial soil, b) valley fill/older alluvial soil and c) soils over forest and hilly
terrain. Geomorphology Map of study area is given Figure 3.12. The
Geomorphology of the study area is given in Table 3-6and Geomorphology pattern
is given in Figure 3.11.
EIA Report
117
Source:http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Assam/Kamrup.pdf
Table 3-6 Geomorphology of the study area
S.No Geomorphology Area
Sq.Km %
1 Structural Origin - Highly dissected hills & valleys 202.74 57.92075
2 Structural origin -Moderately dissected hills & valleys 4.23 1.208468
3 Fluvial origin - Younger Alluvial Plain 25.27 7.219381
4 Fluvial Origin - Active Flood Plain 51.36 14.67303
5 Fluvial Origin - Older Flood Plain 4.13 1.179899
6 Water bodies 61.98 17.70705
7 Denudational Origin - Pediment - Pediplain Complex 0.32 0.091421
Total 350.03 100
Figure 3.11 Geomorphology Pattern of the Study Area
EIA Report
118
Figure 3.12 Geomorphology Map of Study Area
EIA Report
119
3.5.8 Hydrogeology of PIA District
The area consists of two broad hydro geological units – 1) Pre-Cambrian
consolidated rocks and 2) Quaternary alluvium consisting of unconsolidated
sediments. Pre-Cambrian consolidated rocks are confined to hilly areas and
inselbergs, where ground water occurs in shallow weathered zone and this can be
developed through open wells. The joints and fractures developed due to tectonic
activities form potential water bearing zones and suitable for development through
construction of bore wells. In the alluvial plain, groundwater occurs in regionally
extensive aquifers down to the depth of 305 m. It has a very good yield prospect.
The aquifers are consisting of sands of various grades with gravel and are suitable
for construction of both shallow and deep tube wells. Groundwater occurs under
unconfined to semi confined condition occupying an area of about 200 sq. km. in and
around Haihata – Dumunichowki which is under artesian condition. In other parts
also, the water level rests at shallow depth and in major part, it rests between 2 – 5
m bgl during pre-monsoon period. The study of long term water level trend shows no
significant change in rise/fall in water level in the last 10 years. The shallow tube
wells tapping aquifers within 50 m depth are capable of yielding about 10 lps in major
places, deep tube wells constructed within 95 m depth tapping about 30 m granular
zones are yielding 10 – 20 lpm. The transmissivity of the aquifer ranges from 41 to
6162 m2 /day and the permeability varies from 10 to 59 m/day. In hard rock, the yield
of bore well-constructed in greater Guwahati area ranges from 4 to 300 lpm. The
Hydrogeology map of PIA district is given in Figure 3.13
Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Assam/Kamrup.pdf
EIA Report
120
Figure 3.13 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district
3.5.9 Drainage Pattern in PIA District
The Kamrup (M) district is intersected by numerous rivers and streams all of which
come from the hills and mountains and flows into the Brahmaputra which is a
gigantic river. The river runs through the Assam Valley and it absorbs waters of all
the rivers and streams. In summer, the river looks like the gigantic sea in its wide
expanses but in winter the river and its channels zigzag in sandy stretches. In
Guwahati, the river is confined between rocks and hills on either side making it
comparatively narrow but even here the breadth of the river is over one kilometer.
The river spreads itself during the rains and distance from one bank to the other gets
expanded. The whole drainage of the district ultimately finds its way to all rivers and
tributaries. The rivers and its tributaries are only drains to flush out the water from
the district. In rainy season, the rain waters are deposited in all rivers, beels and
plain land causing water logging in most parts of the district. Whenever water level
recedes in the rivers, the water of plain areas goes out through rivers and its
tributaries. Though the Metropolitan city of Guwahati has public drainage system
constructed, still lots remains to be done for the city to be free from water logging
during the rainy seasons. Drainage map of the study area is givenin Figure 3.14.
EIA Report
121
Figure 3.14 Drainage map of the study area
EIA Report
122
3.5.10 Soils in PIA District
The soil of Kamrup (M) district is not much different from those of the other district of
Assam. The district is characterized by an abundance of marshes and low lands, the
soils of which contain a large percentage of organic matter. In winter the soil
becomes excellent for growing crops like pulses and oil seeds. The soils in
Kamrup(M) district are generally fertile due to annual deposing of silt. A major portion
of total sown area of this district is under agricultural crops and vegetables.
Source:
http://censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB_A/18/1823_PART_A_DCHB_KAMRUP%20
METROPOLITAN.pdf
3.5.11 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District
Cyclone and wind Hazard map given in Figure 3.15.
Figure 3.15 Wind and Cyclone Hazard Map of India
EIA Report
123
3.5.12 Floods in PIA district
The floods which are so frequent in the Brahmaputra cause tremendous
changes in the river course and raise the river beds by depositing sediment carried
from the upper reaches. This is a common feature of floods in big rivers. The
miseries caused by the Brahmaputra and its tributaries are so much so that it needs
no description in detail. The villages situated on the river banks gets sub-merged,
paddy fields are turned into vast sheets of water, standing crops are destroyed,
cattles are swept away and hundreds of cultivators, fishermen and other people
living in these areas are rendered homeless. During monsoon, an incessant rain
throws life out of gear in the district including the Metropolitan city of Guwahati as
most part of the city gets water-logged. Overflowing of Bharalu River prompts the
administration to take up rescue and relief operations as all important links of
communications gets snapped and life hinges on the relief provided by the
government and public. After the flood, people generally suffer from epidemics. The
untold miseries spread all over the areas.
Source: http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/170951/7/chapter%20iv.pdf
3.5.13 Seismicity
All districts of the state of Assam lie in Zone V. Since the earthquake database in
India is still incomplete, especially with regards to earthquakes prior to the historical
period (before 1800 A.D.), these zones offer a rough guide of the earthquake hazard
in any particular region and need to be regularly updated. According to GSHAP
data, the state of Assam lies in a region with high to very high seismic hazard. As per
the 2002 Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) map, this state also falls in Zone V. The
project site and surrounding study region falls in Zone V – Highest Risk Zone. The
seismicity map of India is shown Figure 3.16.
Source: http://asc-india.org/seismi/seis-assam.htm
EIA Report
124
Figure 3.16 Seismicity Map of India
Source: https://www.mapsofindia.com/maps/india/seismiczone.htm
EIA Report
125
3.6 Air Environment
Baseline ambient air quality assessment gives the status in the vicinity of site
and is an indispensable part of environmental impact assessment studies. Significant
changes, in predominant winds and weather conditions are observed in winter,
summer and post-monsoon seasons apart from the local topographic influences. The
baseline status of air environment in the study area is assessed through a
systematic air quality surveillance programme.
3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions
The regional air quality is influenced by the meteorology of that region. The
principal weather parameters that influence the concentration of the air pollutants in
the surroundings are wind speed, wind direction and temperature. The
meteorological data is useful for proper interpretation of the baseline data. It is used
as input for air quality dispersion models for predicting the post project environmental
scenario i.e. ground level concentrations due to proposed utilities like DG sets,
compressors etc.
3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection
Available secondary data pertaining to the meteorological parameters was
obtained from the IMD Climatological tables. In addition, baseline meteorological
data was generated during the Pre-Monsoon Season (March - May 2018). The
methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard
norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) i.e. IS:8829 and Indian
Meteorological Department (IMD).
3.6.2.1 General Meteorological Scenario Based on IMD Data
The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project
site is Guwahati (Bhorjar). The Climatological data for Guwahati, published by the
IMD, based on daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30-year period,
is presented in the following sections on the meteorological conditions of the region.
The monthly variations of the relevant meteorological parameters are reproduced in
Table 3-7.
EIA Report
126
Table 3-7ClimatologicalSummary – Guwahati Region (1971-2000)
Month
Temp (oC) Rainfall
(mm)
Relative Humidity
(%)
Vapour Pressure
hPa Mean Wind Speed (m/s)
Predominant Wind
Directions (From)*
Daily Max.
Daily Min.
Total No. of
days 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30
Jan 23.6 10.6 11.5 1.2 87 70 15.1 15.7 2.0 NE NE
Feb 26 12.2 22.3 2.2 76 55 15.4 15 2.7 NE NE
Mar 29.8 15.9 50.9 4.3 66 48 17.5 16.6 4.0 NE NE
Apr 31.0 20.0 159.3 9.2 73 60 22.9 22.3 4.9 NE NE
May 31.0 22.5 256.3 13.3 79 70 27.5 27.6 4.1 NE NE
Jun 31.9 24.9 303.6 14.4 83 77 31.8 31.8 3.4 NE NE
Jul 31.8 25.5 256.8 16.8 85 80 32.8 32.9 3.1 NE NE
Aug 32.2 25.5 258.6 12.6 83 80 32.8 32.9 3.1 NE NE
Sep 31.5 24.5 194.4 10.5 84 81 31.5 31.5 2.7 NE NE
Oct 30.3 22.0 103.9 4.9 83 79 28.0 28.5 2.6 NE NE
Nov 27.7 17.0 18.4 1.3 84 78 21.9 22.7 2.3 NE NE
Dec 24.6 11.9 7.4 0.6 87 77 16.8 17.7 1.8 NE NE
Max. 32.2 25.5 303.6 16.8 87 81 32.8 32.9 4.9 Predominant Wind
Directions is NE
Min. 23.6 10.6 7.4 0.6 66 48 15.1 15 1.8
Avg./Total 29.1 19.2 1954 108 80.1 70.3 24.5 24.6 3.1
As per the above IMD Climatological Table 3-7 the observations drawn are the
following.
Daily maximum temperature is 32.2oC and the daily minimum temperature is
10.6oC were recorded in the months of August and January respectively
Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 87% and 48% were recorded the
months of January& December and March respectively.
Maximum and minimum rainfall of 303.6 mm and 7.4 mm was recorded in the
months of June and December respectively.
Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed during the study period is 4.9 m/s and
1.8 m/s. was recorded in the months of April and Dec respectively. According to
the above IMD data predominant wind pattern is from NE.
3.6.2.2 Meteorological data during Study Period
The meteorological data of study period was used for interpretation of baseline
status and to simulate the meteorological conditions for prediction of impacts in
modeling studies. Meteorology Data for the Study Period March –May 2018 is
presented in Table 3-8.
EIA Report
127
Figure 3.17 Wind Rose during March - May 2018.
Table 3-8 Meteorology Data for the Study Period (March - May 2018).
S. No Parameter Observation
1. Temperature Max. Temperature: 350C
Min. Temperature: 240C
Avg. Temperature: 280C
2. Average Relative Humidity 79.9 %
3. Average Wind Speed 1.9 m/s
4. Predominant Wind Direction North East
3.6.2.3 Atmospheric Inversion
Atmospheric inversion level at the project site was monitored; the results observed at
the site during the study period are as follows.
Average atmospheric temperature: 280C
Average Relative humidity: 79.9 %
EIA Report
128
Average Wind speed: 1.9 m/s
The daily inversion level calculated based on the average temperature and average
wind speed at the project site and the maximum inversion height is derived by the
graph plotted based on the average temperature and average wind speed. The daily
inversion level at the project site varies from 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6 PM, the
maximum recorded at 5 PM, March 2018. This is shown in the following Figure 3.18.
Figure 3.18Atmospheric inversion level at the project site
3.6.3 Ambient Air Quality
The selection criteria for monitoring locations are based on the following:
Topography/Terrain.
Meteorological conditions.
Residential and sensitive areas within the study area.
Representatives of regional background air quality/pollution levels
Representation of likely impacted areas.
3.6.3.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
To evaluate the baseline air quality of the study area, eight (08) monitoring
locations have been identified as per IEM. The study period wind predominance is
from NE. Wind rose during the period March-May 2018 is given. Map showing the
AAQ monitoring locations is given in Figure 3.19 and the details of the locations are
given inTable 3-9.
EIA Report
129
Table 3-9 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
Station Code
Location Type of Wind
Distance (km) from Project
boundary
Azimuth Directions
A1 Project Site (IOCL-GR) - Within site
A2 Near Kharguli Gaon u/w 3.19 NE
A3 Sat Gaon c/w 4.18 SE
A4 Barbari c/w 3.06 S
A5 Japarigog d/w 3.72 SW
A6 Bhulkachu d/w 2.14 SW
A7 Sahebkhat c/w 3.14 W
A8 Nunmati c/w 1.81 N
EIA Report
130
Figure 3.19 Map showing the Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations
EIA Report
131
3.6.3.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency
Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (shall cover
12 weeks), i.e. during March-May 2018. PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Pb, NH3, C6H6,
C20H12, As&Ni. Sampling was carried out as per Central Pollution Control Board
(CPCB) monitoring guidelines at each location. Analytical methods used for analysis
of parameters are given in Table 3-10.
Table 3-10 Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality
Parameters(NAAQ)
S. No Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009 Sampling
Time
1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), (μg/m3)
IS 11255 (part 2)/ USEPA method 6
50 (Annual)
80 (24 Hours)
24 Hours
2 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), (μg/m3)
IS: 5182 (Part - 6): 2006 40
(Annual) 80
(24 Hours) 24 Hours
3 Particulate Matter (PM2.5), (μg/m3)
In house method (Gravimetric Method)
40 (Annual)
60 (24 hours)
24 Hours
4 Particulate Matter (PM10), (μg/m3)
IS:5182 (Part– 23): 2006 60
(Annual) 100
(24 hours) 24 Hours
5 CO (mg/m3) IS:5182(Part–10):1999 (Reaff:2006)
2 (8 hours)
4 (1hour)
8 Hours
6 Pb (μg/m3) IS:5182(Part–22):2004 (Reaff:2006)
0.5 (Annual)
1 (24 hours)
24 Hours
7 O3, (μg/m3) In house method (Spectrophotometric Method)
100 (8hours)
180 (1hour)
8 Hours
8 NH3, (μg/m3) In house method (Spectrophotometric Method)
100 (Annual)
400 (24 hours)
8 Hours
9 Benzene, (μg/m3) GC FID/ GC MS Based on IS 5182: part 11
5 (Annual)
5 (Annual)
24 Hours
10 Benzo (a) pyrene, (ng/m3)
In house validated Method by HPLC, UV&GC MS Based on IS 5182: part 12
1 (Annual)
1 (Annual)
24 Hours
11 Arsenic, n/m3) In house method (AAS Method) Based on CPCB guidelines Volume 1.
6 (Annual)
6 (Annual)
24 Hours
12 Nickel, (ng/m3) In house method (AAS Method) Based on CPCB guidelines Volume 1.
20 (Annual)
20 (Annual)
24 Hours
3.6.3.3 Results and Discussions
The variations of the pollutants PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3, NH3, C6H6,
C20H12, and As& Ni are compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards
EIA Report
132
(NAAQS), MoEF&CC Notification, and November 2009. Ambient Air Quality
Monitoring Data (March-May 2018) for the study area is given inTable 3-11 and
trends of measured ambient concentration in the study area were graphically
represented in Figure 3.20.
Figure 3.20 Trends of Measured Ambient Concentrations in the Study Area
EIA Report
133
Table 3-11 Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants
Parameters Conc. NAAQ
Standards
AAQ Locations
Project site
Near Kharguli N.
C Satgaom Barbari Japarigog Bhulkachu Sahebkhat Nunmati
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
PM10 Conc.
(µg/m³)
Min.
100
(24 Hours)
51.2 41.9 41.2 39.5 41.4 42.8 48.8 40.3
Max. 72.9 59.8 58.8 56.3 59.1 61.0 69.5 57.5
Avg. 61.4 50.3 49.4 47.3 49.7 51.4 58.5 48.4
98th ‘tile 72.5 59.4 58.4 55.9 58.7 60.7 69.1 57.2
PM2.5 Conc.
(µg/m3)
Min.
60
(24 Hours)
25.5 23.1 21.4 21.6 20.8 21.9 24.0 21.9
Max. 36.3 32.9 30.6 30.7 29.6 31.2 34.2 31.2
Avg. 30.5 27.7 25.7 25.8 24.9 26.3 28.8 26.3
98th ‘tile 36.1 32.7 30.4 30.5 29.4 31.1 34.0 31.1
SO2 Conc.
(µg/m3)
Min.
80
(24 Hours)
9.1 7.8 7.4 8.8 8.7 8.0 9.0 9.0
Max. 13.0 11.1 10.6 12.5 12.3 11.4 12.8 12.9
Avg. 10.9 9.3 8.9 10.5 10.4 9.6 10.8 10.8
98th ‘tile 12.9 11.0 10.5 12.4 12.3 11.4 12.7 12.8
NO2 Conc.
(µg/m3)
Min.
80
(24 Hours)
23.6 19.0 20.5 17.0 17.8 19.8 22.8 19.7
Max. 33.6 27.1 29.2 24.3 25.3 28.2 32.5 28.1
Avg., 28.3 22.8 24.6 20.4 21.3 23.7 27.3 23.6
98th ‘tile 33.4 27.0 29.0 24.1 25.2 28.1 32.3 27.9
Pb (μg/m3) Avg. 1
(24 hour) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01)
CO (mg/m3) Avg. 4 0.56 0.52 0.54 0.41 0.62 0.67 0.60 0.55
EIA Report
134
Parameters Conc. NAAQ
Standards
AAQ Locations
Project site
Near Kharguli N.
C Satgaom Barbari Japarigog Bhulkachu Sahebkhat Nunmati
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8
(1hour)
O3 (μg/m3) Avg. 180
(1hour) 11.98 10.68 10.83 10.83 10.42 11.36 12.39 10.83
C6H6 (μg/m3) Avg. 5
(Annual) 2.41 1.28 1.14 BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) 1.81 BDL (1)
B (a) P,
(ng/m3)
Avg. 1
(Annual) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1)
As (ng/ m3) Avg. 6
(Annual) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2)
Ni (ng/m3) Avg. 20
(Annual) BDL
(DL 10) BDL
(DL 10) BDL
(DL 10) BDL
(DL 10) BDL
(DL 10) BDL
(DL 10) BDL
(DL 10) BDL
(DL 10)
NH3 (μg/m3) Avg. 400
(24hours) 7.81 6.39 7.51 5.7 5.83 7.01 7.58 6.05
V (μg/m3) Avg. BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1) BDL (0.1)
Methane
(PPM)
Avg. 0.51 0.45 0.49 0.38 0.51 0.41 0.52 0.42
Non Methane
(PPM)
Avg. 0.14 0.15 0.11 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.10
Note: BDL (Below detectable limit), DL (Detectable limit)
EIA Report
135
3.6.3.4 Observations
The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters as
per NAAQS, 2009 within the study area. The average baseline levels of PM10(47.3 –
61.4µg/m³), PM2.5(24.9-30.5µg/m³), SO2(8.9-10.9µg/m³), NOx(20.4 – 28.3/m³),
CO(0.41-0.67mg/m3) and some are BDL, all the parameters are well within the
prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and
Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period.
3.7 Noise Environment
The prevailing ambient noise level at a particular location is nothing but the
resultant (total) of all kinds of noise sources existing at various distances around that
location. The ambient noise level at a location varies continuously depending on the
type of surrounding activities.
Ambient noise levels have been established by monitoring noise levels at Eight
(08) locations in and around 10Km distance from project area during the study period
using precision noise level meter. The noise monitoring locations in the study area
were selected after giving due consideration to the various land use categories. The
land use categories include commercial, residential, rural and sensitive areas. Noise
levels were recorded on an hourly basis for one complete day at each location using
pre- calibrated noise levels. Sampling images and map noise showing the noise
monitoring locations are given in andFigure 3.21.
3.7.1 Results and Discussions
Based on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the day
equivalent (Ld) and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated;
Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours.
Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours.
The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels
(Ln) with the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use
categories are shown in the Table 3-12.
EIA Report
136
Table 3-12 Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels
S.
No Location Code
Distance
(km) Direction
Noise level in dB(A)
Leq
CPCB Standard Environmental
Setting Day Night
Lday
(Ld)
LNight
(Ln)
1 IOCL-GR N1 - - 67.1 59.3 75 70 Industrial
2 Kharguli Gaon
N2 3.19 NE 53.9 44.7 55 45 Residential
3 Sat Gaon N3 4.18 SE 55.3 44.8 55 45 Residential
4 Barbari N4 3.06 S 54.6 44.1 55 45 Residential
5 Japarigog N5 3.72 SW 59.2 48.7 55 45 Residential
6 Bhulkachu N6 2.14 SW 56.3 44.8 55 45 Residential
7 Sahebkhat N7 3.14 W 58.3 46.9 55 45 Residential
8 Nunmati N8 1.81 N 58.4 47.8 55 45 Residential
3.7.2 Observations
It is observed that the day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all
locations are within prescribed CPCB standards.
In industrial area day time noise levels was about 67.1 dB(A) and 59.3 dB(A)
during night time, which is within prescribed limit by CPCB (75 dB(A) Day time
& 70 dB(A) Night time).
In residential area day time noise levels varied from 53.9 dB(A) to 59.2dB(A)
and night time noise levels varied from 44.1 dB(A) to 48.7dB(A) across the
sampling stations. The field observations during the study period indicate that
the ambient noise levels in most of the Residential areas are exceeds the limit
prescribed by CPCB (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time).
EIA Report
137
Figure 3.21 Map showing the noise monitoring locations
EIA Report
138
3.8 Water Environment
3.8.1 Surface Water Resources
The study area consists of Major water body Brahmaputra River which is one of the
major rivers in Asia. It is at about 2.13 Km distance on the Northern side of GR
boundary. The river flows through China, India and Bangladesh. The river is prone to
catastrophic flooding in the monsoon when Himalaya snow melts. The sampling
stations were chosen based on the existing pollution sources near these water
bodies and threat of pollution in the future. The flow in the rivers passing near to the
study region is perennial and flows throughout the year. The region receives rainfall
predominantly during South West monsoon season.
3.8.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment
Water quality monitoring and assessment can be used to determine ambient water
quality, the extent and causes of a water quality problem, or to measure the
effectiveness of best management practices being implemented in water system.
Monitoring helps to determine the trends in the quality of the aquatic environment
and the impact due to the release of contaminants, other anthropogenic activities,
and/or by waste treatment operations (impact monitoring).To establish the baseline
status of water environment, the representative sampling locations for surface water
within a radial distance of 10Km from project site have been selected as per CPCB
guidelines of Water Quality Monitoring through an adequate survey of the project
area. Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters is given in
Table 3-13. Water sampling and map of sampling location are given in Table
3-14and Figure 3.22.
Table 3-13 Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters
S. No Parameter Measured Test Method
1 Colour IS:3025 (Part- 4) 1983 (Reaff 2006)
2 Turbidity IS 3025(Part - 10):1984
3 pH IS:3025 (Part - 11): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)
4 Conductivity IS:3025 (Part - 14): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)
5 Total Dissolve Solids IS: 3025:1(Part - 16) 1984 (Reaff 2006)
6 Total Suspended Solids IS 3025 (Part - 17) 1984 (Reaff 1996)
7 Alkalinity as CaCO3 IS:3025,1 (Part - 23) 1986 (Reaff 2009)
8 Total Hardness as CaCo3 IS:3025 (Part - 21) 1983 (Reaff 2006)
EIA Report
139
S. No Parameter Measured Test Method
9 Sodium IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)
10 Potassium IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)
11 Calcium as Ca IS 3025 (Part - 40):1991
12 Magnesium as Mg IS 3025 (Part - 46) 1994
13 Carbonate IS 3025, (Pt 23) 1986 (R 2006)
14 Bi carbonate IS 3025, (Pt 23) 1986 (R 2006)
15 Chloride IS 3025 (Part - 32):1988
16 Sulphate SO4 IS 3025(Part - 24):1986
17 Nitrate as NO3 ASTM (Part - 31)1978
18 Phosphate IS 3025 (Pt 45) 1993 (R 2006)
19 Fluorides as F IS 3025 (Part - 60):2008
20 Cyanide IS 3025 (Part-27):1986
21 Arsenic IS 3025:(Part-37):1988(Reaff 2009)
22 Boron IS:3025 (Part - 57):2003
23 Cadmium IS 3025 (Part - 41)1991
24 Chromium, Total IS:3025 (Part - 52) 2003 (Reaff 2009)
25 Copper IS:3025 (Part - 42)1992 (Reaff: 2009)
26 Iron IS 3025 (Part - 53):2003
27 Lead IS:3025 (Part - 47) 1994 (Reaff 2009)
28 Manganese IS 3025:(Part - 59):2006
29 Mercury IS 3025 (Part48):1994 RA 1999
30 Nickel IS 3025:(Part-54):2003(Reaff 2009)
31 Selenium IS 3025 Part (56)2003
32 Zinc IS:3025 (Part - 49) 1994 (Reaff 2009)
33 Dissolved Oxygen IS:3025 (Part - 38)1989 (Reaff 2009)
34 BOD 5210B APHA22nd Edn 2012
35 COD IS:3025 (Part-58)-2006
Table 3-14 Details of Surface water sampling locations
S. No
Name of the Water body Location
Code
Distance from Project
Boundary
Direction from project boundary
1 Baman Lake SW1 8.46 NNE
2 Bramaputra River U/S SW2 4.28 NE
3 Silsako Lake SW3 3.47 SSE
4 Bharalu River D/S SW4 4.89 WSW
5 Bharalu River U/S SW5 7.12 W
6 Bramaputra River D/S SW6 4.23 NW
7 Bar Nadi SW7 7.56 NNW
8 Silguri Nadi SW8 8.55 NNW
EIA Report
140
Figure 3.22 Map showing the surface water monitoring locations
EIA Report
141
Table 3-15Surface Water Monitoring Results
S. No
Parameter Unit
Surface water
Standard (IS 2296 Class-A)
Baman lake
Brahmaputra river u/s
Silsako lake
Bharalu River d/s
Bharalu River u/s
Brahmaputra river d/s
Bar Nadi Silguri Nadi
Source Lake River Lake River River River Nadi Nadi
1 Colour Hazen 10 BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1)
2 Turbidity NTU … 2.3 112 2 128 118 107 96 101
3 PH -- 6.5-8.5 7.21 7.51 7.28 6.85 7.01 7.46 7.12 7.14
4 EC µS/cm … 165 154 156 161 163 165 158 149
5 Total Dissolve Solids
mg/l 500 110 96 97 99 100 100 100 91
6 TSS mg/l … 5.6 14.3 8 15.4 2.5 15.4 2.5 15.4
7 Total Alkalinity mg/l - 40 38 30 37 39 39 40 32
8 Total Hardness mg/l 200 67 56 58 58 60 58 55 52
9 Sodium mg/l - 2.1 2 3 2.3 1.9 1.8 2.9 3.2
10 Potassium mg/l - BDL (DL
1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1)
11 Calcium ++ mg/l - 18.1 14.43 15.23 15.23 14.43 15.9 14.9 12.6
12 Magnesium ++ mg/l …. 5.2 4.86 4.86 4.86 5.83 4.37 4.4 5.1
13 Carbonate mg/l - BDL (DL
1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1)
14 Bi Carbonate mg/l - 49.3 46 36 45.1 48 47 49 39
15 Chloride mg/l 250 3.85 3.96 5.94 3.96 2.97 4.3 2.9 4.6
16 Sulphate mg/l 400 28.1 22.6 30.1 26 25.3 24.6 23.4 24.3
17 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 20 3.1 2.1 2.08 1.82 1.62 1.9 2.2 2.1
18 Phosphate mg/l - BDL
(DL 0.02) BDL
(DL 0.02) BDL
(DL 0.02) BDL
(DL 0.02) BDL
(DL 0.02) BDL
(DL 0.02) BDL
(DL 0.02) BDL
(DL 0.02)
19 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.5 0.24 0.22 0.22 0.27 0.21 0.23 0.28 0.25
EIA Report
142
S. No
Parameter Unit
Surface water
Standard (IS 2296 Class-A)
Baman lake
Brahmaputra river u/s
Silsako lake
Bharalu River d/s
Bharalu River u/s
Brahmaputra river d/s
Bar Nadi Silguri Nadi
Source Lake River Lake River River River Nadi Nadi
20 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01)
21 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 BDL (DL
0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
22 Boron mg/l - BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1)
23 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01)
24 Chromium, Total mg/l 0.05 BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05)
25 Copper mg/l 1.5 BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01)
26 Iron mg/l 0.3 0.19 0.28 0.14 0.13 0.09 0.1 0.12 0.14
27 Lead mg/l 0.1 BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1)
28 Manganese mg/l 0.5 BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05)
29 Mercury mg/l 0.001 BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001)
30 Nickel mg/l - BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05)
31 Selenium mg/l 0.01 BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005)
32 Zinc mg/l 15 BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1)
33 DO mg/l 6 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.2 6.6 6.2 6.6
34 COD mg/l … 17 18 24 28 32 8 32 7
35 BOD mg/l 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1
EIA Report
143
3.8.3 Results and Discussions
pH in the collected surface water samples varies between 6.85-7.51.
The Total Dissolved Solids range from 91 mg/l to 110 mg/l, highest being in
sample from Baman lake while lowest in Silguri Nadi. All of the TDS value are
within the water quality standards of IS: 2296:1992.
The chloride content in the surface water for study area ranges from 2.9 mg/l
to 5.94 mg/l highest from location Silsako Lake.
The sulphate content in the surface water of the study area varies between
22.6 mg/l – 30.1 mg/l.
The Total hardness ranges between 52 mg/l – 67 mg/l, highest from
Bamanlakeand lowest from Silguri Nadi.
BOD of the samples varied from 1-2 mg/l and COD values ranges from 7-
32mg/l.
The concentration of heavy metals like As, Cd, Cr, Pb, Mn, Hg, Ni and Se at
locations are within the limits of IS 2296:1992.
Table 3-16Surface water Standards
S.No Parameters Unit A B C D E
1 Color Hazen 10 300 300 --- ---
2 Turbidity NTU --- --- --- --- ---
3 pH -- 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5
4 Conductivity µS/cm --- --- --- 1000 2250
5 Total Dissolved Solids
mg/l 500 --- 1500 --- 2100
6 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l --- --- --- --- ---
7 Total Hardness as CaCo3
mg/l 300 --- --- --- ---
8 Calcium as Ca mg/l 80.10 --- --- --- ---
9 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 24.28 --- --- --- ---
10 Sodium mg/l --- --- --- --- ---
11 Potassium mg/l --- --- --- --- ---
12 Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 --- 600 --- 600
13 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 400 --- 400 --- 1000
14 Phosphate mg/l --- --- --- --- ---
15 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 20 --- 50 --- ---
16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 --- ---
17 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 --- ---
18 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.2 0.2 --- ---
19 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.01 --- ---
EIA Report
144
20 Chromium, Total mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 --- ---
21 Copper mg/l 1.5 --- 1.5 --- ---
22 Iron mg/l 0.3 --- 50 --- ---
23 Lead mg/l 0.1 --- 0.1 --- ---
24 Zinc mg/l 15 --- 15 --- ---
25 Manganese mg/l 0.5 --- --- --- ---
26 Selenium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.05 --- ---
27 Mercury mg/l 0.001 --- --- --- ---
28 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6 5 4 4 ---
29 COD mg/l --- --- --- --- ---
30 BOD mg/l 2 3 3 --- ---
Class A – Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection.
Class B –Water for outdoor bathing.
Class C – Drinking water with conventional treatment followed by disinfection.
Class D – Water for fish culture and wild life propagation.
Class E – Water for irrigation, industrial cooling and controlled waste disposal.
3.9 Groundwater Resources
Dynamic ground water resources of Kamrup district are estimated based on
the methodology adopted as per GEC 1997, following water level fluctuation and
rainfall infiltration factor methodology. The annual dynamic ground water resources
as on 2009 are estimated to be 1847.29 MCM while the net annual ground water
draft is 715.97 MCM. The stage of ground water development is 43%. The projected
demand for domestic and industrial uses up to 2025 is estimated to be about 105.16
MCM. The district is still under ‘Safe’ category and sufficient resources are still
available for future development.
Ground water development is at low key at present and estimated to be 644 MCM
only against the vast annual dynamic resources of 1482 MCM. After allocation for
domestic and industrial requirement of 105 MCM for a population estimated in 2025,
the net annual dynamic resources of 790 MCM are still available for development. At
present, groundwater draft is mainly for domestic and irrigation purposes and a
negligible amount is for industry. The water supply schemes for drinking purpose are
executed by Assam Public Health Engineering Department through groundwater
structures like dug well, hand pump and deep tube well. The groundwater draft for
EIA Report
145
irrigation is mainly from shallow tube well implemented by Agriculture Department
through the farmers. The existing draft for irrigation is estimated to be 586 MCM.
Source: Central Groundwater Board (CGWB)
3.9.1 Groundwater Quality
Groundwater is the principal source for domestic and drinking purposes in
almost all villages near the study area. The quality of the groundwater received is
influenced by pollution of soil and air, industrial and domestic waste disposal, organic
components, pathogenic microorganisms, application of fertilizers and pesticides in
agriculture, etc. Total Eight (08) ground water monitoring locations were identified for
assessment in different villages around the project site based on the usage of sub
surface water by the settlements/ villages in the study area. The groundwater results
are compared with the desirable and permissible water quality standards as per IS:
10500 (2012) for drinking water. Groundwater quality monitoring locations and
results are given in Table 3-17 andTable 3-18. Map showing the groundwater
monitoring locations are given in Figure 3.23.
Table 3-17 Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations
S. No Station Code Location Distance (km) from
Project boundary
Azimuth
Directions
1 GW1 IOCL-GR - -
2 GW2 Kharguli Gaon 3.19 NE
3 GW3 Sat Gaon 4.18 SE
4 GW4 Barbari 3.06 S
5 GW5 Japarigog 3.72 SW
6 GW6 Bhulkachu 2.14 SW
7 GW7 Sahebkhat 3.14 W
8 GW8 Nunmati 1.81 N
EIA Report
146
Figure 3.23 Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations
EIA Report
147
Table 3-18 Physico chemical analysis of Ground water samples from study area
S. No
Parameters Unit
Drinking
water Standard (IS 10500: 2012) Permissible Limit
Drinking water Standard (IS
10500: 2012)
Acceptable Limit
IOC
L -
GR
Kh
arg
uli G
ao
n
Sat
Gao
n
Barb
ari
Jap
ari
go
g
Bh
ulk
ach
u
Sah
eb
kh
at
No
on
mati
1 Colour Haze
n 15 5
BDL (DL 1.0)
BDL (DL 1.0)
BDL (DL 1.0)
BDL (DL 1.0)
BDL (DL 1.0)
BDL (DL 1.0)
BDL (DL 1.0)
BDL (DL 1.0)
2 Turbidity NTU
1 BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1)
3 pH -- -- 6.5-8.5 6.65 7.01 6.87 6.58 7.21 6.77 6.93 6.98
4 EC µS/c
m … … 172 386 192 336 169 562 475 172
5 TDS mg/l 2000 500 119 252 128 224 104 388 308 106
6 Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
… … BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1) BDL (DL 1)
7 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 600 200 37 109 12 53 31 116 134 30
8 Total Hardness as CaCo3
mg/l 600 200 75 140 60 83 56 230 198 55
9 Sodium mg/l
… 8 15 22 31 7 29 18 7
10 Potassium mg/l
… 1 1 2 2 BDL
(DL1) 2 2
BDL (DL1)
11 Calcium as Ca mg/l 200 75 16.03 36.07 10.02 18.04 13.63 44.09 46.09 12.83
12 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 100 30 8.51 12.15 8.52 9.31 5.34 29.16 20.03 5.65
13 Carbonate mg/l … … BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1)
14 Bi carbonate mg/l … … 45 133 15 65 38 141 163 36
15 Chloride mg/l 1000 250 27.3 32.17 42.3 64.33 14.85 59.39 37.12 13.86
EIA Report
148
16 Sulphate SO4 mg/l 400 200 10.6 19.93 25 32.48 23.52 79.27 18.49 28.78
17 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l
45 2.14 3.14 3.42 3.02 1.62 4.34 3.34 1.42
18 Phosphate mg/l
- 0.07 0.06 0.05 BDL
(DL0.02) BDL
(DL0.02) BDL
(DL0.02) BDL
(DL0.02) BDL
(DL0.02)
19 Fluorides as F
1.5 1 0.27 0.36 0.34 0.38 0.22 0.48 0.4 0.2
20 Cyanide mg/l
0.05 BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01)
21 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.01 BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
BDL (DL 0.005)
22 Boron mg/l
0.5 BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1)
23 Cadmium mg/l
0.003 BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01) BDL
(DL 0.01)
24 Chromium, Total mg/l
0.05 BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05)
25 Copper mg/l 1.5 0.05 BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) BDL
(DL0.01) 0.019
BDL (DL0.01)
BDL (DL0.01)
BDL (DL0.01)
BDL (DL0.01)
26 Iron mg/l
0.3 BDL
(DL0.02) 1.32
BDL (DL0.02)
0.09 BDL
(DL0.02) BDL
(DL0.02) 0.61
BDL (DL0.02)
27 Lead mg/l
0.01 BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1)
28 Manganese mg/l
0.1 BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05)
29 Mercury mg/l
0.001 BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001) BDL
(DL0.001)
30 Nickel mg/l
0.02 BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05) BDL
(DL0.05)
31 Selenium mg/l
0.01 BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005) BDL
(DL0.005)
32 Zinc mg/l 15 5 BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1)
EIA Report
149
3.9.2 Results and Discussions
A summary of analytical results are presented below:
In the study area, Na and K concentration in the ground water range from 7to
31 mg/l and 1 to 2 mg/l respectively.
The acceptable limit for Mg is 30 mg/l and the permissible limit is 100 mg/l.
The concentration of Mg ion found in groundwater samples of the study area
ranges from 5.34 – 29.16 mg/l. All the values are well within the acceptable
limits of IS 10500:2012 drinking water standards.
The acceptable and permissible limit of Fluoride is 1mg/l and 1.5mg/l
respectively. The concentrations of fluoride in all the ground water samples
are within the acceptable limit.
The average pH ranges from 6.58-7.21.
In the present findings the TDS value varied from 104 mg/l to 388 mg/l for the
ground water and all the samples are within the acceptable limits of IS 10500:
2012.The acceptable and permissible limit of TDS for drinking water is 500
mg/l and 2000 mg/l.
The chloride concentration ranged from 13.86mg/L to 64.33mg/L and all are
below the IS acceptable limit. The acceptable limit of the chloride content is
250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l.
The acceptable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is
400mg/l. the sulphate content of the ground water of the study area is varied
between 10.6 mg/l – 79.27 mg/l meeting the acceptable limit of the IS 10500:
2012.
The Total hardness ranges is between 55 mg/l – 230 mg/l. In ground water
sample collected at Bhulkachu total Hardness exceeds the acceptable limit of
the IS 10500: 2012.
The Total alkalinity as calcium carbonate, Magnesium and Chloride are well
within the permissible limits.
3.10 Soil as a resource and its Quality
Soils comprising various proportions of sand, silt, clay and organic material in
the district are grouped into three broad categories – a) newer alluvial soil, b) valley
EIA Report
150
fill/older alluvial soil and c) soils over forest and hilly terrain. In order to assess the
quality of soil at different locations in the study area, various land use categories
were taken into account. Soil sampling was carried out at Eight (08) locations in the
study area. Soil analysis was carried as per IS: 2720 methods. Soil quality
monitoring locations & results are given in Table 3-19&Table 3-20. Map showing the
soil monitoring locations are given inFigure 3.24.
Table 3-19Soil& Sediment Quality Monitoring Locations
S. No Location Code Location Distance (Km) Direction
1 S1 IOCL-GR - -
2 S2 Kharguli Gaon 3.19 NE
3 S3 Sat Gaon 4.18 SE
4 S4 Barbari 3.06 S
5 S5 Japarigog 3.72 SW
6 S6 Bhulkachu 2.14 SW
7 S7 Sahebkhat 3.14 W
8 S8 Nunmati 1.81 N
EIA Report
151
Figure 3.24 Map showing the soil monitoring location
EIA Report
152
Table 3-20Physico Chemical parameters of soil samples from the study area
S. No
Parameters Units IOCL-GR Kharguli
Gaon Sat Gaon Barbari Japarigog Bhulkachu Sahebkhat Noonmati
1 colour
Reddish Brown
Brown Dark
Brown Yellowish
Brown Brown Brown Brown
Dark Brown
2 Soil Texture
Silt Loam Silt Loam loam loam Loam Loam Loam Clay loam
3 Sand % 13.72 12.36 48.12 82.66 60.08 3.44 5.32 13.64
4 Silt % 12.06 15.4 9.32 5.24 5.64 10.22 8.22 10.14
5 Clay % 74.22 72.24 42.56 12.1 34.28 86.34 86.46 76.22
6 pH
7.23 6.95 7.11 7.08 6.54 6.72 6.28 7.24
7 Electrical conductivity umhos/cm 324 384 320 196 248 212 220 254
8 Infiltration Rate cm/hr 1.06 1.35 1.05 1.45 1.32 1.08 1.04 1.39
9 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.24 1.42 1.28 1.22 1.41 1.38 1.36 1.2
10 Cation Exchange Capacity
meq/100 gm
27.2 26.0 11.3 4.1 7.2 33.5 33.6 28.1
11 Moisture content % 26.22 22.24 18.28 5.36 20.54 18.44 16.34 22.46
12 Water Holding Capacity
% 25.86 19.24 24.22 26.58 19.48 22.42 24.26 26.54
13 Organic Carbon % 0.16 0.1 0.13 0.09 0.14 0.22 0.23 0.14
14 Organic matter % 0.276 0.172 0.224 0.155 0.241 0.379 0.397 0.241
15 Nitrogen as N mg/kg 152.38 102.24 126.24 98.54 124.56 212.2 212.26 128.54
16 Phosphorus mg/kg 78.24 51.12 60.84 38.24 60.84 99.62 98.64 64.28
17 Potassium mg/kg 138 100 118 97 117 184 184 120
18 Calcium mg/kg 300 320 280 250 240 220 320 280
19 Magnesium mg/kg 152 184 142 114 168 164 144 172
20 Boron mg/kg BDL
(DL0.1) BDL
(DL0.1) BDL
(DL0.1) BDL
(DL0.1) BDL
(DL0.1) BDL
(DL0.1) BDL
(DL0.1) BDL
(DL0.1)
21 Cadmium mg/kg BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1) BDL
(DL 0.1)
22 Chromium mg/kg 16.92 20.88 1.96 8.75 19.28 11.85 5.9 12.94
EIA Report
153
S. No
Parameters Units IOCL-GR Kharguli
Gaon Sat Gaon Barbari Japarigog Bhulkachu Sahebkhat Noonmati
23 Copper mg/kg 8.79 12.83 3.33 7.05 10.33 15.6 9.75 10.16
24 Zinc mg/kg 0.09 0.1 BDL 0.05 BDL BDL BDL BDL
3.10.1 Results and Discussions
Summary of analytical results
The pH of the soil samples ranged from 6.28-7.24.
Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 196 – 384 µS/cm. As the EC value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to
be non-saline in nature.
The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 19.24-26.58 (%).
Nitrogen content ranged from 98.54-212.26 mg/kg, Phosphorous ranged from 38.24 mg/kg to 99.62 mg/kg, Potassium content
ranges from 97 mg/kg to 184 mg/kg.
EIA Report
154
3.11 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
An ecological study of the ecosystem is essential to understand the impact of
industrialization and urbanization on existing flora and fauna of the study area.
Studies on various aspects of ecosystem play an important role in identifying
sensitive issues for under taking appropriate action to mitigate the impact, if any. The
biological study was under taken as a part of the EIA study report to understand the
present status of ecosystem prevailing in the study area, to compare it with past
condition with the help of available data, to predict changes in the biological
environment as a result of present activities and to suggest measures for maintaining
its health. The flora & fauna details within 15 km radius furnished with secondary
source data.
During secondary survey, following aspects were considered for ecological studies:
Assessment of present status of flora and fauna;
Identification of rare and endangered species of plants and animals (if any);
Identification of ecologically sensitive areas within the study area;
Assessment of migratory route of wildlife (if any); and
Assessment of Aquatic Ecology with specific reference to aquatic birds.
Project site is situated in Noonmati village. In this region comprises of Tropical Moist
Deciduous type forests, Brahmaputra valley, numerous wetland and human
population area. The Amchang wildlife sanctuary is located towards East
approximately 3.5 km from the project site.
3.11.1 Flora
The information of important terrestrial Angiosperm habit such as herb, shrub,
climber, grass, sedge and tree were collected from the secondary sources. An
inventory of the list reported in the study area is given in Table 3-21.
Table 3-21 List of flora reported/observed in the study area
S.No
Scientific Name Family Life form
Status Local Name
1 Abroma augusta Sterculiaceae Shrub Common Ulat-kombol, Hati-piola
2 Abutilon hirtum Malvaceae Herb Common Jopa bondha
3 Abutilon indicum Malvaceae Herb Common
4 Acacia diadenia Mimosaceae Tree Common Sia-nahar
EIA Report
155
S.No
Scientific Name Family Life form
Status Local Name
5 Acanthephippium silhetense
Orchidaceae Herb Vulnerable-IUCN
6 Acranthera tomentosa Rutaceae Herb Vulnerable-IUCN
7 Adinandra griffithii Theaceae Tree Vulnerable-IUCN
8 Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Tree Common Beal
9 Aeschynomene aspera
Fabaceae Shrub Common Kuhila, Kankula.
10 Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae Tree Common Kothiya-koroi, Sirish.
11 Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae Tree Common Sirolu, Koroi.
12 Albizia procera Mimosaceae Tree Common Tantari-asing, Koroi.
13 Alysicarpus bupleurifolius
Fabaceae Herb Common
14 Alysicarpus monilifer Fabaceae Herb Common
15 Alysicarpus vaginalis Fabaceae Herb Common Chauli, Sauri
16 Ampelocissus latifolia Vitaceae Shrub Common
17 Anacardium occidentale
Annacardiaceae Tree Common Kaju-badam
18 Antiaris toxicaria Moraceae Tree Common Dhuna-goch
19 Apluda mutica Poaceae Grasses
Common
20 Apostasia nuda Orchidaceae Herb Vulnerable-IUCN
21 Arachis hypogia Fabaceae Herb Common
22 Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae Herb Common
23 Argemone mexicana Fabaceae Herb Common siyalakanta
24 Aristida setacea Poaceae Grasses
Common
25 Arthraxon prionodes Poaceae Grasses
Common
26 Artocarpus heterophyllus
Moraceae Tree Common kothal
27 Artocarpus hirsutus Moraceae Tree Common Sam
28 Artocarpus incisus Moraceae Tree Common
29 Arundinella pumila Poaceae Grasses
Common
30 Arundo donax Poaceae Grasses
Common
31 Axonopus compressus
Poaceae Grasses
Common
32 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Tree Common
33 Bambusa bambos Poaceae Grasses
Common
34 Barringtonia Lecythidaceae Tree Common Hendol, Hinyol
EIA Report
156
S.No
Scientific Name Family Life form
Status Local Name
acutangula
35 Bauhinia purpurea Caesalpiniaceae
Tree Common Og-yok,. Kurial
36 Bauhinia racemosa Caesalpiniaceae
Tree Common kanchan
37 Bauhinia retusa Caesalpiniaceae
Tree Common
38 Beilschmiedia roxburghiana
Lauraceae Tree Common
39 Biophytum sensitivum Oxalidaceae Herb Common
40 Brassica campestris Brassicacea Herb Common
41 Buchanania lanzan Anacardiaceae Tree Common Piyal
42 Bulbostylis barbata Cyperaceae Sedge Common
43 Bulbostylis densa Cyperaceae Sedge Common
44 Bulbostylis puberula Cyperaceae Sedge Common
45 Butea monosperma Fabaceae Tree Common bipornok
46 Butea parviflora Fabaceae Shrub Common
47 Capparis zeylanica Capparaceae Shrub Common
48 Careya arborea Lecythidaceae Tree Common Kumbi
49 Cardiospermum halicacabum
Sapindaceae Herb Common
50 Casearia vareca Flacourtiaceae Herb Common
51 Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae
Tree Common Sonaru, Sonalu.
52 Cayratia trifolia Vitaceae Climber
Common
53 Cenchrus ciliaris Poaceae Grasses
Common
54 Cenchrus setigerus Poaceae Grasses
Common
55 Centotheca lappacea Poaceae Grasses
Common
56 Chloris barbata Poaceae Grasses
Common
57 Chonemorpha griffithii Apocynaceae Climber
Common
58 Chrysopogon aciculatus
Poaceae Grasses
Common
59 Cicer arietinum Fabaceae Herb Common
60 Cinamomum bejolghota
Lauraceae Tree Common Tejpat, Mahpat, Tejpat.
61 Cissampelos pareira Menispermaceae
Climber
Common
62 Cissus quadrangularis Vitaceae Climber
Common
63 Citrus limon Rutaceae Tree Common Nemu tenga.
64 Clematis Ranunculaceae Climbe Common
EIA Report
157
S.No
Scientific Name Family Life form
Status Local Name
buchananiana r
65 Cleome gynandra Capparaceae Herb Common
66 Cleome viscose Capparaceae Herb Common
67 Coelogyne trinervis Orchidaceae Herb Vulnerable-IUCN
68 Courtoisia cyperoides Cyperaceae Sedge Common
69 Creteva magna Capparaceae Herb Common Barun
70 Crinum amoenum Amaryllidaceae Herb Common
71 Crotalaria alata Fabaceae Herb Common
72 Crotalaria linifolia Fabaceae Herb Common
73 Crotalaria mysorensis Fabaceae Herb Common
74 Crotalaria prostrata Fabaceae Herb Common Dhundhuni
75 Crotalaria verrucosa Fabaceae Herb Common
76 Crypteronia paniculata
Lythraceae Climber
Common
77 Cymbopogon flexuosus
Poaceae Grasses
Common Nemu-gondhibon.
78 Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Grasses
Common
79 Cyperus compressus Cyperaceae Sedge Common
80 Cyperus difformis Cyperaceae Sedge Common
81 Cyperus digitatus Cyperaceae Sedge Common
82 Cyperus distans Cyperaceae Sedge Common
83 Cyperus iria Cyperaceae Sedge Common
84 Dactyloctenium aegyptium
Poaceae Grasses
Common
85 Dalbergia lanceolaria Fabaceae Tree Common
86 Dalbergia latifolia Fabaceae Tree Common
87 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae Tree Common Sisu-goch.
88 Desmodium pulchellum
Fabaceae Shrub Common
89 Desmodium triquetrum
Fabaceae Herb Common
90 Digitaria longiflora Poaceae Grasses
Common
91 Dillenia indica Dilleniaceae Tree Common Outenga, Ou-tenga.
92 Drymaria diandra Caryophyllaceae
Herb Common
93 Echinochloa colona Poaceae Grasses
Common
94 Eleocharis plantaginea
Cyperaceae Sedge Common
95 Eleusine coracana Poaceae Grasses
Common
96 Eleusine indica Poaceae Grass Common
EIA Report
158
S.No
Scientific Name Family Life form
Status Local Name
es
97 Elytrophorus articulates
Poaceae Grasses
Common
98 Eragrostiella bifaria Poaceae Grasses
Common
99 Eragrostis ciliata Poaceae Grasses
Common
100 Eragrostis stenophylla Poaceae Grasses
Common
101 Euryale ferox Nymphaeaceae Herb Common
102 Ficus amplissima Moraceae Tree Common
103 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Tree Common Barh
104 Ficus hispida Moraceae Tree Common Dimoru
105 Ficus racemosa Moraceae Tree Common Mou-dimoru,. Jagya-dimoru.
106 Ficus religiosa Moraceae Tree Common
107 Fimbristylis miliacea Cyperaceae Sedge Common
108 Garcinia lancaefolia Clusiaceae Tree Rare Mahi thekera
109 Garcinia xanthochymus
Clusiaceae Tree Rare
110 Globba sessiliflora Zingiberaceae Herb Common
111 Glycosmis pentaphylla
Rutaceae Tree Common Gin Berry
112 Gmelina arborea Verbenaceae Tree Common
113 Gmelina asiatica Verbenaceae Shrub Common Gomari
114 Helicteres isora Sterculiaceae Shrub Common
115 Heteropogon contortus
Poaceae Grasses
Common
116 Hibiscus micranthus Malvaceae Herb Common
117 Holigarna arnottiana Anacardiaceae Tree Common
118 Hybanthus enneaspermus
Violaceae Herb Common
119 Hydrilla verticillata Urticaceae Herb Common
120 Imperata cylindrica Poaceae Grasses
Common
121 Indigofera aspalathoides
Fabaceae Herb Common
122 Indigofera hirsuta Fabaceae Herb Common
123 Indigofera linnaei Fabaceae Herb Common
124 Isachne australis Poaceae Grasses
Common
125 Isachne miliacea Poaceae Grasses
Common
126 Kylinga hyalina Cyperaceae Sedge Common
127 Kyllinga triceps Cyperaceae Sedge Common
128 Lagerstroemia Lythraceae Tree Vulnerable Saoni.
EIA Report
159
S.No
Scientific Name Family Life form
Status Local Name
minuticarpa -IUCN
129 Lagerstroemia speciosa
Lythraceae Tree Common
130 Lannea coromandelica
Anacardiaceae Tree Common
131 Lantana camara Verbenaceae Shrub Common
132 Lantana indica Verbenaceae Shrub Common
133 Ludwigia hyssopifolia Onagraceae Herb Common
134 Ludwigia octovalvis Onagraceae Herb Common
135 Ludwigia perennis Onagraceae Herb Common
136 Ludwigia prostrata Onagraceae Herb Common
137 Malvastrum coromandelianum
Malvaceae Herb Common
138 Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Tree Common Aam, Am, Aam.
139 Mariscus sieberianus Cyperaceae Sedge Common
140 Melastoma malabathricum
Melastomataceae
Shrub Common
141 Melia azedarach Meliaceae Tree Common
142 Micromelum integerrimum
Rutaceae Shrub Common
143 Murraya paniculata Rutaceae Shrub Common
144 Musa sp. Musaseae Herb Common
145 Naregamia alata Meliaceae Herb Common
146 Nechamandra alternifolia
Urticaceae Herb Common
147 Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbonaceae
Herb Common
148 Nymphaea pubescens
Nymphaeaceae Herb Common
149 Nymphaea stellata Nymphaeaceae Herb Common
150 Ophiorrhiza tingens Rutaceae Shrub Vulnerable-IUCN
151 Oplismenus compositus
Poaceae Grasses
Common
152 Oplismenus compositus
Poaceae Grasses
Common
153 Oryza sativa Poaceae Grasses
Common
154 Ottelia alsimoides Urticaceae Herb Common
155 Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae Herb Common
156 Panicum proliferum Poaceae Grasses
Common
157 Panicum psilopodium Poaceae Grasses
Common
158 Panicum repens Poaceae Grasses
Common
159 Paspalidium flavidum Poaceae Grass Common
EIA Report
160
S.No
Scientific Name Family Life form
Status Local Name
es
160 Paspalum scrobiculatum
Poaceae Grasses
Common
161 Perotis indica Poaceae Grasses
Common
162 Phragmites karka Poaceae Grasses
Common
163 Piper peepuloides Piperaceae Climber
Common
164 Pisum sativum Fabaceae Herb Common
165 Pogonatherum crinitum
Poaceae Grasses
Common
166 Polygala arvensis Polygalaceae Herb Common
167 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae Tree Common koroch
168 Portulaca oleraceae Portulacaceae Herb Common
169 Portulaca quadrifida Portulacaceae Herb Common
170 Pouzolzia hirta Urticaceae Herb Common
171 Pseudarthria viscida Fabaceae Shrub Common
172 Psidium guajava Myrtaceae Tree Common
173 Pterocarpus marsupium
Fabaceae Tree Common IndianKino, Bijasal
174 Pycreus stramineus Cyperaceae Sedge Common
175 Ranunculus cantoniensis
Ranunculaceae Herb Common
176 Ranunculus scleratus Ranunculaceae Herb Common
177 Rhynchosia aurea Fabaceae Herb Common
178 Rhynchosia cana Fabaceae Herb Common
179 Rhynchosia minima Fabaceae Climber
Common
180 Rhynchosia rufescens Fabaceae Shrub Common
181 Saccharum officinarum
Poaceae Grasses
Common
182 Saccharum spontaneum
Poaceae Grasses
Common
183 Sacciolepis indica Poaceae Grasses
Common
184 Sapindus mukorossi Sapindaceae Tree Common
185 Schima wallichii Theaceae Tree Rare
186 Semecarpus anacardium
Anacardiaceae Tree Common Bhallataka, geeru beeja
187 Shorea assamica Dipteroarpaceae
Tree Common Mekoi, Mekahi.
188 Sida acuta Malvaceae Herb Common
189 Sida cordifolia Malvaceae Herb Common
190 Sida rhombifolia Malvaceae Herb Common
191 Solanum melongena Solanaceae Herb Common
EIA Report
161
S.No
Scientific Name Family Life form
Status Local Name
192 Solanum tuberosum Solanaceae Herb Common
193 Soymida febrifuga Meliaceae Tree Common Raktarohan
194 Spondias pinnata Anacardiaceae Tree Common Amara, Amra-tenga
195 Stephania japonica Menispermaceae
Climber
Common
196 Sterculia urens Sterculiaceae Tree Common Kulu
197 Sterculia sp. Sterculiaceae Tree Common
198 Sterculia villosa Sterculiaceae Tree Common Odal, Udal.
199 Swietenia mahagoni Meliaceae Tree Common
200 Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae Tree Common Jamu, kala jamu
201 Syzygium salicifolium Myrtaceae Tree Common
202 Tectona grandis Verbenaceae Tree Common Segun.
203 Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae Herb Common
204 Terminalia chebula Combretaceae Tree Common
205 Terminallia arjuna Combretaceae Tree Common Arjun.
206 Tinospora cordifolia Menispermaceae
Climber
Common
207 Toona ciliata Meliaceae Tree Common Lal-poma
208 Trapa natans Trapaceae Herb Common
209 Tribulus lanuginosis Zygophyllaceae Herb Common
210 Triumfetta rhomboidea
Tiliaceae Herb Common
211 Vallisnaria spiralis Urticaceae Herb Common
212 Vigna radiata Fabaceae Herb Common
213 Vigna unguiculata Fabaceae Herb Common
214 Viscum angulatum Viscaceae Shrub Common
215 Viscum articulatum Viscaceae Shrub Common
216 Vitex negundo Verbenaceae Tree Common Posotiya
217 Waltheria indica Sterculiaceae Herb Common
218 Zingiber zerumbet Zingiberaceae Herb Common
Zornia diphylla Fabaceae Herb Common
LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed,
DD -Data Deficient, VU-Vulnerable
3.11.2 Fauna
The information of important terrestrial animals group such as birds, reptiles and
mammals were collected from the secondary sources. An inventory of the animals
has been prepared separately for mammals, reptiles and birds. List of fauna reported
in the study area is given in
Table 3-22.
162
SN
Common Name Scientific Name Status
1. Hog Deer Axis porcinus EN
2. Wild Boar Sus scrofa LC
3. Leopard Cat Prionailurus bengalensis S-I/LC
4. Jungle Cat Felis chaus LC
5. Asiatic Jackal Canis aureus LC
6. Bengal Fox Vulpes bengalensis LC
7. Small Indian Civet Viverricula indica LC
8. Common Palm Civet Paradoxurus hermaphroditus LC
9. Indian Grey Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii LC
10. Small Asian Mongoose Herpestes javanicus LC
11. Western Hoolock Gibbon
Hoolock hoolock S-I/EN
12. Rhesus Macaque Macaca mulatto LC |
13. Assam Macaque Macaca assamensis NT
14. Capped Langur Trachypithecus pileatus S-I/VU
15. Bengal Slow Loris Nycticebus bengalensis VU
16. Chinese Pangolin Manis pentadactyla S-I/EN
17. Indian Palm Squirrel Funambulus palmarum LC
18. Porcupine Hystrix brachyura LC
19. Lesser Bandicoot Rat Bandicota bengalensis LC
20. Hoary Bamboo Rat Rhizomys pruinosus LC
21. Indian flying Fox Pteropus giganteus LC
22. Short nosed Indian fruit Bat
Cynopterus sphinx LC
23. Least horseshoe Bat Rhinolophus pusiilus LC
24. Lesser Asiatic yellow Bat
Scotophilus kuhlii LC
25. Asian House Shrew Suncus murinus LC
26. Mole Shrew Anourosorex squamipes LC
27. Gangetic Dolphin Platanista gangetica S-l/EN
(EN-Endangered; VU-Vulnerable; NT-Near Threatened; LC- Least Concern in
IUCN red list)
Amphibian and reptile Diversity in around project site
A total of 36 species were referred.
Table 3-22 List of Fauna reported/observed in the study area
Mammals in around project site
A total of 62 species of Mammals were recorded from the secondary source.
EIA Report
EIA Report
163
S. No
Scientific name Family IUCN IWPA schedule
1 Amphibian
2 Duttaphrynus melanostictus (Schneider 1799)
Bufonidae LC NS
3 Megophrys parva (Boulenger 1893) Megophryidae LC NS
4 Microhyla ornata (Dumerili and Bibron 1841)
Microhylidae LC NS
5 Microhyla berdmorei (Blyth 1856) Microhylidae LC NS
6 Hoplobatrachus tigerinus (Daudin 1803)
Dicroglossidae LC IV
7 Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis (Schneider 1799)
Dicroglossidae LC IV
8 Fejervarya teraiensis (Dubois 1984) Dicroglossidae LC IV
9 Fejervarya pierrei (Dubois 1975) Dicroglossidae LC IV
10 Fejervarya syhadrensis (Annandale 1919)
Dicroglossidae LC IV
11 Fejervarya nepalensis (Dubois 1975) Dicroglossidae LC IV
12 Limnonectes khasianus (Anderson 1871)
Dicroglossidae DD IV
13 Amolops assamensis Sengupta et al. 2007
Ranidae DD IV
14 Amolops gerbillus (Annandale 1912) Ranidae LC IV
15 Humerana humeralis (Boulenger 1887)
Ranidae LC IV
16 Silvirana leptoglossa (Cope 1868) Ranidae LC IV
17 Clinotarsus alticola (Boulenger 1882) Ranidae LC IV
18 Hylarana tytleri (Theobald 1868) Ranidae LC IV
19 Polypedates teraiensis (Dubois 1987) Rhacophoridae LC NS
20 Philautus garo (Boulenger 1919) Rhacophoridae VU NS
21 Rhacophorus bipunctatus Ahl 1927 Rhacophoridae LC NS
22 Ichthyophis garoensis (Pillai and Ravichandran 1999)
Ichthyophiidae DD NS
23 Ichthyophis moustakius Kamei et al. 2009
Ichthyophiidae DD NS
Reptile
24 Nilssonia hurum (Gray 1831) Tryonichidae VU I
25 Lissemys punctata (Bonnaterre 1789) Tryonichidae LC I
26 Xenochrophis piscator (Schneider 1799)
Tryonichidae NE II
27 Amphiesma stolata (Linnaeus 1758) Tryonichidae NE IV
28 Enhydris enhydris (Schneider 1799) Tryonichidae LC IV
29 Ptyas mucosa (Linnaeus 1758) Tryonichidae NE II
30 Ptyas korros (Schlegel 1837) Tryonichidae NE IV
EIA Report
164
S. No
Scientific name Family IUCN IWPA schedule
31 Rhabdophis subminiatus (Schlegel 1837)
Tryonichidae LC IV
32 Chrysopelea ornata (Shaw 1802) Tryonichidae NE IV
33 Psammodynastes pulverulentus (Boie 1827)
Tryonichidae NE IV
34 Naja kaouthia (Lesson 1831) Elapidae LC II
35 Bungarus fasciatus (Schneider 1801) Elapidae LC IV
36 Trimeresurus albolabris Gray 1842 Viperidae LC IV
(S-I-Schedule-Iof Indian Wild Life Protection Act-1972; EN-Endangered; VU-
Vulnerable; NT-Near Threatened; LC- Least Concern in IUCN red list)
Birds Diversity in around project site
A total of 62 species of birds, belonging to 17 families, were recorded from the
secondary source.
S.No Common Name Scientific name Conservation status
I ANATIDAE
1. Gadwall Mareca strepera LC
2. Lesser Whistling Duck Dendrocygna javanica LC
3. Eurasian Wigeon M. penelope LC
4. Baer’s Pochard Aythya baeri En
5. Common Teal Anas crecca LC
6. Mallard A. platyrhynchos LC
7. Northern Pintail A. acuta LC
8. Northern Shoveller Spatula clypeata LC
9. Red-crested Pochard Netta rufina LC
10. Ferruginous Duck A. nyroca NT
11. Garganey S. querquedula LC
12. Common Pochard A. ferina LC
13. Tufted Duck A. fuligula LC
II CHARADRIIDAE
14. Northern Lapwing Vanellus vanellus LC
15. Grey-headed Lapwing V. cinereus LC
16. Red-wattled Lapwing V. indicus LC
17. Pacific Golden Plover Pluvialis fulva LC
18. River Lapwing V. duvaucelii LC
19. Little Ringed Plover Charadrius dubius LC
20. Greater Sand Plover C. leschenaultii LC
III ARDEIDAE
21. Great Egret Ardea alba LC
22. Intermediate Egret A. intermedia LC
23. Little Egret Egretta garzetta LC
24. Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis LC
25. Grey Heron Ardea cinerea LC
EIA Report
165
S.No Common Name Scientific name Conservation status
26. Indian Pond Heron Ardeola grayii LC
IV PHALACROCORACIDAE
27. Little Cormorant Microcarbo niger LC
V CICONIIDAE
28. Asian Openbill Anastomus oscitans LC
29. Lesser Adjutant Leptoptilos javanicus Vu
VI JACANIDAE
30. Pheasant-tailed Jacana Hydrophasianus chirurgus LC
31. Bronze-winged Jacana Metopidius indicus LC
VII RECURVIROSTRIDAE
32. Pied Avocet Recurvirostra avosetta LC
VIII PODICIPEDIDAE
33. Little Grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis LC
34. Great Crested Grebe Podiceps cristatus LC
IX RALLIDAE
35. Common Coot Fulica atra LC
36. Purple Swamphen Porphyrio porphyrio LC
X ALCEDINIDAE
37. White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis LC
38. Common Kingfisher Alcedo atthis LC
39. Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis LC
40. Ruddy Kingfisher H. coromanda LC
XI MOTACILLIDAE
41. Western Yellow Wagtail Motacilla flava LC
42. White Wagtail M. alba LC
43. Citrine Wagtail M. citreola LC
44. Grey Wagtail M. cinerea LC
XII LARIDAE
45. Black-headed Gull Chroicocephalus ridibundus LC
46. Whiskered Tern Chlidonias hybrida LC
XIII HIRUNDINIDAE
47. Barn Swallow Hirundo rustica LC
XIV FALCONIDAE
50. Common Kestrel Falco tinnunculus LC
XV ACCPITRIDAE
51. Pied Harrier Circus melanoleucos LC
52. Eastern Marsh Harrier C. spilonotus LC
53. Osprey Pandion haliaetus LC
XVI SCOLOPACIDAE
54. Jack Snipe Lymnocryptes minimus LC
55. Common Snipe Gallinago gallinago LC
56. Marsh Sandpiper Tringa stagnatilis LC
57. Green Sandpiper T. ochropus LC
58. Wood Sandpiper T. glareola LC
59. Common Sandpiper Actitis hypoleucos LC
60. Common Green Shank T. nebularia LC
EIA Report
166
S.No Common Name Scientific name Conservation status
61. Little Stint Calidris minuta LC
XVII ROSTRATULIDAE
62. Greater Painted-snipe Rostratula benghalensis LC
(EN-Endangered; VU-Vulnerable; NT-Near Threatened; LC- Least Concern in
IUCN red list)
Butterfly Diversity in around project site
A total number of 54 species of butterflies belonging to 6 (six) families were
reported. Among various families of butterflies found, Nymphalidae family was
represented by 22 species followed by 10 species of Lycaenidae, 9 species of
Pieridae, 5 species of Papilionoidae, 6 species of Hesperidae and Riodinidae
family was represented by 2 species.
S. No Common Name Species
1 Grey Pansy Junonia atlites
2 Dusky Diadem Ethope himachala
3 Common Evening brown Melanitis leda
4 Perak Lascar Paltoporia paraka
5 Common Five ring Ypthima baldus
6 Tawny Coaster Acraea terpsicore
7 Common Palmfly Elymnias hypermnestra
8 Common Brushbrown Mycalesis perseus
9 Grey Count Tanaecia lepidea
10 Common Crow Euploea core core
11 Large Yeoman Cirrochroa aoris
12 Common Red forester Lethe mekara
13 Lemon Pansy Junonia lemonias
14 Commander Moduza procris
15 Striped Blue crow Euploea mulciber
16 Dark-branded brush brown Mycalesis mineus
17 Spotted Palmfly Elymnias malelas
18 Chocolate Pansy Junonia iphita
19 Common Sailor Neptis hylas
20 Peacock Pansy Junonia almana
21 Yamfly Loxura atymnus
22 Danaid Eggfly Hypolimnas misippus
23 Banded Tree brown Lethe verma sinitica
24 Dark Himalayan oak blue Arhropala rama rama
25 Common Acacia blue Surendra quercetorum
26 Forget me-not Catochrysops strabo
27 Common Pierrot Castalius rosimon
EIA Report
167
28 Common Silverline Spindasis vulcanus
29 Common Line blue Prosotas nora
30 Dark Grass blue Zizeeria karsandra
31 Metallic Cerulean Jamides alecto
32 Pale Grass blue Pseudozizeeria maha
33 Plum Judy Abisara echerius
34 Punchinello Zemeros flegyas
35 Palm Bob Suastus gremius
36 Common Straight swift Parnara guttatus
37 Common Snow flat Tagiades japetus
38 Forest Hopper Artictopterus jama
39 Spotted Small flat Sarangesa purendra
40 Common Red eye Matapa aria
41 Common Mormon Papilio polytes
42 Psyche Leptosia nina nina
43 Three spot grass yellow Eurema blanda
44 Spotless Grass yellow Eurema laeta laeta
45 Common Grass yellow Eurema hecabe
46 Tailed jay Graphium agamemnon
47 Great Mormon Papilio memnon
48 Stripped Albatross Appias olferna
49 Red spot Jezebel Delias descombesi
50 Chocolate Albatross Appias lyncida
51 Indian Cabbage white Pieris canidia indica
52 Common Emigrant Catopsilia pomona
53 Lime swallow tail Papilo demoleus
54 Yellow Helen Papilio nephelus
Fish Diversity in around project site
S.No Common Name Species IUCN
1 Indian butter Cat fish Ompok bimacutatus NT
2 Rohu labeo rohita LC
3 Mrigal Cirrhinus mrigata LC
4 (Magur) Ctarias magur LC
5 Sunset Gourami Trichogaster talius LC
6 Dangila danio Danio dangita LC
7 Tiger Loach Botia dario LC
8 Devil fish Chaca chaca LC
(EN-Endangered; VU-Vulnerable; NT-Near Threatened; LC- Least Concern in IUCN red list) Management in and around Project area
EIA Report
168
Environmental problems in the state of Assam have been influenced partly by the
increasing population, survival needs of the poor and the economic greed of the
commercial interests. They are also aggravated by prevalent economic disparities
and unemployment, which are deeply embedded in unsustainable patterns of
production and consumption; ill-informed policies and programs; and inappropriate
developing strategies. As far as the forest resources of the Near Brahmaputra valley
is concerned, gap in scientific knowledge, increasing demands, lack of value addition
are the main causes for which the vast potential is yet to be tapped properly and in
some cases over exploited. Gap in scientific knowledge on various forest resources
and products is a major problem for management of resources in the state. Although
considerable amounts of revenue have been collected from forest products where
local people are also directly or indirectly involved in gathering and in some cases
marketing as well, but they have hardly any knowledge on the silvicultural
management of various minor forest products. Except for some well-known
commercial species, the information on distribution of various forest products, their
density, regeneration status, yield estimate and harvesting levels are lacking. There
is need to formulate sound management plan that addresses the knowledge about
the life cycle pattern of the species, productivity and yield estimation techniques.
Monitoring and maintaining of the complex ecosystem is important aspect of
bioresource management. Technical aspects include choice between different
methods and techniques and development of appropriate harvesting and processing
technologies. There is also social aspect of resource management that deal with
people, cultures, belief systems, attitudes and behaviour, ethics, aspirations and
social values. As far as the state of Assam is concerned, all these aspects should be
taken into consideration prior to the formulation of management strategies. Finally,
exercise of administrative power in another important aspect to hold control over
users of resources and decision-making.
For reclamation of degraded forest lands and riparian sites, plantation and
ecorestoration programme may be initiated with prioritize species in relation to
ecoregion/ agro-climatic zones. In riparian sites plantation of bamboo and various
species of grass can be initiated to check erosion. Eco-sensitive zones in the valley
should be demarcated and regulations may be imposed on developmental projects
like mega dams, industrial activities, 34 quarrying and mining in such areas are other
important measures of conservation may be initiated.
Updation of the database on floristic diversity in terms of species, ecosystems &
genetic traits with reference to status, pressures and also in regard to changing
climate are other issues of resource management.
Source: 1. Ali I, Basistha SK. Butterfly diversity of Assam state zoo cum botanical
garden. Zoos’s print journal. 2000; 15(5):264-265. 2. Barua KK, Kakakati D, kalita J. Present status of swallowtail butterflies in
Garbhanga reserve forest, ASSAM, India. Zoos’s print journal. 2004; 19(4):1439-1441.
EIA Report
169
3. Kanjilal UN, Kanjilal PC, Das A, De RN & Bor NL. 1934-1940. Flora of Assam, Vol: I-IV. Government Press, Shillong.
4. List of Fauna: Glimpses of Biodiversity in Assam. Assam State Biodiversity
Board.
5. List of Fauna: List of Herpetofaunal Diversity and Conservation Status in
Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary of Assam, India. Department of Life Science and
Bioinformatics, Assam University, Silchar, India.
6. List of Plants : Plant Diversity of Assam. A checklist of Angiosperms &
Gymnosperms. Assam Science Technology and Environment Council.
7. List of Schedule Species
http://wiienvis.nic.in/Database/ScheduleSpeciesDatabase_7969.aspx
8. Saikia MK, Kalita J, Saikia PK. New records of butterflies and authentication of several species of butterflies existence in Assam. Journal on New Biological Reports. 2015; 4(2):180-196.
9. Saikia MK. Diversity of Tropical Butterflies In Urban Altered Forest At Gauhati Uiversity Campus, Jalukbari, Assam, India. Journal of Global Biosciences. 2014; 3(2):452-463.
10. Choudhury, A., 2000. The birds of Assam. 1st ed. Guwahati: Gibbon Books &
World Wide Fund for Nature-India. Pp. 1–240.Wildlife conservation plan
The environmental clearance for the lNDAdept and lNDMAX Revamp project of
IOCL Guwahati Refinery was granted by Ministry of Environment, Forest and
Climate Change (MoEF&CC), GOI on 18/04/2016 with a condition that clearance
from National Board for Wildlife is to be obtained in respect of Amchang Wildlife
Sanctuary.
Accordingly, an online application was submitted to Guwahati Wildlife Division for
NBWL clearance on 31/08/2016 and the standing committee of NBWL finally
recommended for both the projects in its 45th meeting held on 4th Sep 2017 with
one of the following conditions:
Man-Animal Conflict Mitigation is emergent need of the area closed to Amchang
Wildlife Sanctuary. Therefore, it is pertinent that a fund may be provided by IOCL,
Guwahati Refinery which will be utilized for Wildlife Conservation and mitigation of
man-animal conflict.
To comply on the above point, a meeting was held on March 19, 2018 in the office
of the PCCF, WL and Chief Wildlife warden, Assam.PCCF, Assam was asked by
Govt of Assam to submit a detailed plan vide letter dated 3rd July, 2019.
EIA Report
170
Accordingly, a letter was sent from PCCF office to DFO, Wildlife, Guwahati to
submit the mitigation plan for Amchang Wildlife Sanctuary on 10thJuly2019. The
letter copy is attached as Annexure-22
IOCL Guwahati Refinery had meeting with Principal Chief Conservator of Forest
and HoFF,Assam on 12.3.2020 to discuss the fund to be provided and also to
provide the Mitigation plan.Proposed wild life conservation and mitigation plan of
IOCL Guwahati is attached as Annexure-23
3.12 Socio Economic Profile of Project Influenced Area
The project location (Noonmati) is situated in the Kamrup Metropolitan area.The
impact area of 5 Km and 10 Km under the districts of Kamrup, Kamrup Metropolitan
and Darrang. The river Brahmaputra is traversing in the project area. The average
family size is 4.16. The total number of households is 1,98,634. Of the total
population male shares 51.90% and female shares 48.10%. The scheduled caste
population constitutes 5.74 % and scheduled tribe constitutes 4.57% of total
population of the area. Of the total population of the area, 94.52% of the populations
are living in urban areas.
3.12.1 Socio Economic Aspects
A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are
dealing with social and cultural conditions, and economic status in the study area.
The study provides information such as demographic structure, population dynamics,
infrastructure resources, and the status of human health and economic attributes like
employment, per-capita income, agriculture, trade, and industrial development in the
study area. The study of these characteristic helps in identification, prediction and
evaluation of impacts on socio-economic and parameters of human interest due to
proposed project developments. The parameters are:
Demographic structure
Infrastructure Facility
Economic Status
Health status
Cultural attributes
EIA Report
171
Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the
area.
The following Table 3-23 provides the certain important social indicators of
Kamrup(M) District.
Table 3-23 Social Indicators
S. No Social Indicators
1 Decadal variation % 18.34
2 Urban population % 82.70
3 Sex ratio 936
4 Sex ratio for 0-6 age group 936
5 Population density (per square Km) 1313
6 Scheduled caste population % 8.12
7 Scheduled tribe population % 5.99
8 Literacy rate % 76.45
9 Work Participation rate % 39.15
10 Main Workers % 32.95
11 Marginal Workers % 6.20
12 Agriculture workers % 8.60
13 Maternal mortality rate (per 100000 live births) 325
14 Infant Mortality rate (the number of deaths of children less than one year of age per 1000 live births.
42
15 Institutional delivery % 93.3
Source: Census 2011
3.12.2 Socio Economic profile of the study area
The project is located in Noonmati Village of Kamrup district. The total family
of impact area (10km radius) is 198634 and the population is 826204. The female
population (48.1%) outnumbers the male population (51.89%). The average family
size is 4.15. The Scheduled caste population is 25.73% and Scheduled tribe
population is 4.56%. Demographic details of the study area are given in Table 3-25.
3.12.3 Education
The area is being urban and capitals of Assam, there are a good number of
educational institutions. The literacy rate of the area is 91.38%.
The following table shows the available educational institutions in the area. Table
3-24shows the Education profile of the project study area.
EIA Report
172
Primary School
Upper Primary
UP+ Higher Secondary
High School
Higher Secondary
Junior College
541 155 72 139 38 7
Table 3-24 Education profile of the project study area
EIA Report
173
Table 3-25Demographic details of the study area
Name Total
Household Total
Population Male Female
Below 6
Scheduled Caste
Scheduled tribe
Within 5 Km Kamrup M District
Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 44062 180618 93437 87181 15666 10223 6729
Dispur Taluk Kalitakuchi N.C. 320 1728 916 812 199 142 24
No.1 Bonda Grant 444 2179 1127 1052 244 201 561
No.2 Bonda Grant 165 783 403 380 90 17 19
Tintukura N.C. 37 199 89 110 21 45 0
Kharghuli 313 1420 702 718 163 118 239
Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 63067 252818 130614 122204 23161 11106 12413
Sonapur Taluk 2 No. Birkuchi 185 898 467 431 104 40 23
2 No. Bonda 284 1263 668 595 138 93 282
2 No. Hojobari 101 509 269 240 55 16 16
2 No. Kharghuli 648 2948 1574 1374 513 808 139
2 No. Panikhati 137 646 329 317 74 7 116
Kharghuli N.C. 245 1251 654 597 218 5 385
5-10 Km Kamrup M District Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 19609 90398 47878 42520 8427 5147 1956
Dispur Taluk Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 60092 246704 128427 118277 24804 12312 11567
Sonapur Taluk Amseng 828 3979 2094 1885 520 102 99
EIA Report
174
Name Total
Household Total
Population Male Female
Below 6
Scheduled Caste
Scheduled tribe
Amseng N.C. 287 1545 794 751 196 8 88
Chandrapur taluk 2 No. Hojobari 101 509 269 240 55 16 16
Barchapahi 7 25 15 10 2 10 0
Panikhaiti 752 3817 1956 1861 484 930 501
Thakurkuchi N.C. 50 277 140 137 29 0 32
North Guwahati Taluk North Guwahati Gaon 83 393 203 190 38 19 3
North Guwahati (TC) 2294 10328 5088 5240 784 4447 97
Kamrup District North Guwahati Taluk Abhaypur 768 3568 1864 1704 310 58 1060
Dakhin Lenga 185 865 437 428 79 77 0
Fulung 103 500 250 250 55 0 282
Rangmahal 631 2929 1463 1466 241 4 278
Rudreswar 580 2524 1279 1245 226 3 467
Sarubaka 97 537 277 260 75 11 341
Uttar Fulung 33 162 83 79 27 0 5
Uttar Lenga 178 830 420 410 74 0 0
Darrang District Sipajhar Taluk Dispur Taluk 326 1477 741 736 160 0 0
Dakhin Kuruah 7 33 18 15 3 0 0
Dakhin Kuruah No.1 6 10 6 4 0 0 0
Dakhin Kuruah No.2 13 34 19 15 5 0 0
EIA Report
175
Name Total
Household Total
Population Male Female
Below 6
Scheduled Caste
Scheduled tribe
Kurua Chapari 4 24 11 13 4 9 0
Suktaguri No.1 840 4070 2060 2010 760 918 0
Suktaguri Pathar 21 105 49 56 14 0 0
Tekeliakur Grant 88 450 231 219 36 0 0
Upper Kuruwa 551 2413 1244 1169 197 427 6
Veheni Chapari 92 438 202 236 56 75 0
Total 198634 826204 428767 397437 78307 47394 37744
Source: Census 2011
3.12.4 Occupation
The area is being urbanized; the main occupations are non- agricultural. Only 3.34% of work force involving in agriculture, 94.94%
of workers involved in “other works”. The “other workers” mean government employees, teachers, plantation workers, industries
and service industries. Of the total workers, the main workers are 86.59%. It means a person has worked for the major part of the
year (more than six months) in any economically productive activities. The following Table 3-26 shows the details of main and
marginal workers and type of occupation.
EIA Report
176
Table 3-26 Occupation details of the project study area
Name Total
Workers
Main
workers
Marginal
workers
Agriculture Main workers Marginal workers
Main workers Marginal workers
Cultivators Agri.
labors Cultivators
Agri.
labors
Household
Ind. Others
Household
Ind. Others
Within 5 Km
Kamrup M District
Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 71846 63091 8755 413 430 195 223 929 61319 330 8007
Dispur Taluk
Kalitakuchi N.C. 542 436 106 10 2 7 3 12 412 2 94
No.1 Bonda Grant 950 542 408 33 5 4 5 68 436 12 387
No.2 Bonda Grant 326 307 19 32 7 1 5 2 266 0 13
Tintukura N.C. 66 60 6 10 0 1 1 1 49 0 4
Kharghuli 444 416 28 16 2 1 0 0 398 1 26
Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 102585 88001 14584 427 391 290 191 1403 85780 590 13513
Sonapur Taluk
2 No. Birkuchi 246 241 5 5 10 0 1 2 224 1 3
2 No. Bonda 467 419 48 8 3 2 1 2 406 15 30
2 No. Hojobari 166 113 53 7 3 0 44 0 103 0 9
2 No. Kharghuli 1211 584 627 165 64 6 106 27 328 8 507
2 No. Panikhati 183 173 10 1 0 0 0 0 172 2 8
Kharghuli N.C. 614 584 30 135 407 1 28 1 41 0 1
5-10 Km
Kamrup M District
EIA Report
177
Name Total
Workers
Main
workers
Marginal
workers
Agriculture Main workers Marginal workers
Main workers Marginal workers
Cultivators Agri.
labors Cultivators
Agri.
labors
Household
Ind. Others
Household
Ind. Others
Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 35035 30943 4092 70 112 71 36 593 30168 286 3699
Dispur Taluk
Guwahati (M Corp.) Part 93389 82959 10430 337 359 196 139 1322 80941 562 9533
Sonapur Taluk
Amseng 1189 739 450 27 9 23 7 11 692 11 409
Amseng N.C. 470 419 51 4 3 7 2 2 410 0 42
Chandrapur taluk
2 No. Hojobari 166 113 53 7 3 0 44 0 103 0 9
Barchapahi 12 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 0 0
Panikhaiti 1380 1275 105 109 447 7 72 9 710 0 26
Thakurkuchi N.C. 59 56 3 47 0 0 0 0 9 0 3
North Guwahati Taluk
North Guwahati Gaon 138 128 10 3 2 0 0 4 119 0 10
North Guwahati (TC) 3819 2748 1071 11 32 17 10 62 2643 87 957
Kamrup District
North Guwahati Taluk
Abhaypur 1754 1031 723 132 33 39 110 92 774 240 334
Dakhin Lenga 477 236 241 96 29 2 37 2 109 149 53
Fulung 138 111 27 28 3 3 18 0 80 0 6
Rangmahal 994 702 292 42 5 8 41 6 649 67 176
Rudreswar 894 790 104 79 5 14 0 10 696 1 89
EIA Report
178
Name Total
Workers
Main
workers
Marginal
workers
Agriculture Main workers Marginal workers
Main workers Marginal workers
Cultivators Agri.
labors Cultivators
Agri.
labors
Household
Ind. Others
Household
Ind. Others
Sarubaka 193 107 86 56 20 0 4 1 30 81 1
Uttar Fulung 57 44 13 10 0 0 1 0 34 0 12
Uttar Lenga 493 337 156 119 23 4 98 44 151 26 28
Darrang District
Sipajhar Taluk
Dispur Taluk 656 387 269 210 8 169 31 10 159 10 59
Dakhin Kuruah 13 8 5 5 0 4 0 0 3 0 1
Dakhin Kuruah No.1 8 6 2 6 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
Dakhin Kuruah No.2 24 14 10 12 1 0 2 1 0 8 0
Kurua Chapari 13 8 5 8 0 5 0 0 0 0 0
Suktaguri No.1 1199 1119 80 582 418 30 33 3 116 4 13
Suktaguri Pathar 42 21 21 21 0 19 2 0 0 0 0
Tekeliakur Grant 157 88 69 72 5 20 33 1 10 2 14
Upper Kuruwa 970 653 317 345 11 104 170 4 293 0 43
Veheni Chapari 109 107 2 62 5 1 0 1 39 0 1
Total 323494 280128 43366 3762 2857 1251 1500 4625 268884 2495 38120
Source: Census 2011
EIA Report
179
3.12.5 Health
The area is predominately urban and affluent; the public and private health
facilities are available. The following Table 3-27shows the public health facilities
available in the project area.
Table 3-27 Public Health Facilities of study area
Primary Health Centre
First Referral Unit Community
Health Centre Sub Centers
54 1 1 51
3.12.6 Infrastructure
As mentioned earlier, the area is an urban location; all parts of the area are well
connected by roads and transportation.The following table shows the Infrastructure
facility of the study area. The followingTable 3-28 shows the Infrastructure facility of
the study area.
Table 3-28 Infrastructure facility of study area
Urban Road National Highways
457 70
3.12.7 Project area Socio Economic Indicators
Summary of socioeconomic indicators within the study area is given in Table 3-29.
Table 3-29 Summary
S.No Particulars Study Area
1 Number of villages in the Study Area 38
2 Total Households 198634
3 Total Population 826204
4 Children Population (<6 Years Old) 78307
5 SC Population 47394
6 ST Population 37744
7 Total Working Population 323494
8 Main Workers 280128
9 Marginal Workers 43366
10 Agricultural Workers 9370
11 Household Industries 7120
12 Other Workers 307004
13 Literates 683426
Source: Census 2011
EIA Report
180
Chapter 4
Anticipated
Environmental Impacts
and Mitigation Measures
EIA Report
181
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
4.1 Introduction
One of the important components in the process of environmental impact
assessment is identification of significant impacts as it leads to other elements such
as quantification and evaluation of impacts. Any change in environment whether
adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially, resulting from impacting activity is called
Environmental Impact. Each individual activity with respect to each environmental
parameter will have its own impact potential. Proposed project activities will be
carried out in such a way so that potential adverse/negative impacts are avoided,
wherever possible. While for remaining impacts which are inevitable, practicable
mitigation measures will be recommended to minimize the adverse impacts.
The prediction of impacts helps to develop and implement mitigation
measures/environment management plan in such a way that the developmental
activity will minimize the deterioration of environmental quality.
4.2 Proposed Project Activities
The proposed project will have impacts on environment during the tenure of two
phases; i.e. construction phase and operation phase.
4.3 Construction Phase
Construction phase of the proposed project is temporary and will mainly involve the
following generic construction activities
Excavation
Formwork & concreting
Material handling and Transportation
Use of Tools and Potable power tools
Scaffolding
Crane and Rigging Equipment
Mechanical Equipment’s
Working in confined space
EIA Report
182
4.3.1 Impacts during Construction Phase
As the main impacts of the construction phase are envisaged in terms of air pollution
only, this natural mitigation would be significantly helpful in elimination of predicted
impacts of the phase. However, the following principal major impacts to the
environment are considered for further planning of mitigation measures:
The use of automobiles and machinery during construction can deteriorate the
air quality and generate temporary emission.
The use of automobiles and machinery generates noise pollution from
construction activities.
The irregular working hours, & traffic, night-working, flood-lighting and
transportation damage the socioeconomic balance of surrounding region.
Effects may occur due to the accumulation of the contaminant in water
resources & soil due to uptake of construction material.
Short term heavy construction might cause increase in noise level
Effects on work place condition & human health due to the accidents during
the construction works.
Effects on the socio-economic activity due to direct impacts or indirect impacts
on socio-economic activities.
4.3.2 Mitigation Measures for Construction Phase
The entire construction activities will be confined with the designated area
inside the existing premises.
The small amount of unused construction material shall be stored in proper
area to utilise further in construction activities and surplus excavated material
shall be disposed of in suitable pre-identified areas.
Construction material shall be stored at adequate distance from the water
storage in order to prevent any chances of accidental leakage or spillage
which could pollute the water storage
Wherever required impervious lining shall be provided to the storage premises
to avoid accidental mixing or mixing due to fugitive losses.
To reduce the dust generation on site wherever & whenever required water
shall be sprinkled on ground or stock pile of excavated soil.
EIA Report
183
Equipment’s / machineries shall be used efficiently and shall be kept shut in
order to reduce air emission, noise pollution and consumption of energy
resource
Emission from the equipment’s/machineries shall be monitored on regular
basis and possible implementation shall be provided on site
Transport vehicles shall be monitored & maintained regularly to control the
emission quality and fuel consumption
Provision of necessary PPEs like face mask & eye-glasses to employees
/labours engaged in construction activities.
The machineries/equipment used on site shall be of highly maintained so they
do work with optimum efficiency generating less noise pollution
Operation of machineries/equipment causing high noise level shall be stopped
during the night time and all such operations shall be planned for day time
only.
Transportation activities shall not be conducted during the night (other than in
case of emergency) to avoid high noise level in nearby villages/locality.
4.4 Land environment
Impacts
Since it is an expansion project, it will be implemented within the M/s IOCL, GR,
premises; there is no additional land to be acquired for the proposed project. The
expansion project will be done in land area, which is identified as appropriate
location based on environmental and engineering requirements. The activities
carried out during the construction phase will involve a change in the land use from
vacant industrial land to a built up industrial land, which will pose the following
impacts on the land environment.
1. Compaction of soil and a change in the soil structure due to the use of heavy
construction vehicles and machineries.
2. Removal of soil from the site.
3. Mixing of the topsoil and subsoil.
4. Dispersion of dust.
EIA Report
184
4.4.1 Mitigation Measures
1. Employing techniques such as restricting access during wet conditions, using
protective boarding and low ground pressure machineries to minimize
compaction of soil.
2. The removed soil will be properly stored for subsequent reinstatement.
3. Reuse of excess excavated material for road development, green belt
development and landscaping.
4. A well designed closed depository for storage of construction materials to
prevent land/soil pollution.
5. Effective stabilization of altered landforms to minimize soil erosion and the
potential for water pollution (e.g. Vegetation).
6. Reuse of construction wastes such as sand, brick, gravel, cement for
developing internal road and project structures.
4.5 Air environment
In order to predict the impact of constructional and operational activities on the
ambient air quality, the data on emission, micrometeorology and from Indian
meteorological department (IMD)were collected. All these data will be used to predict
ground level concentration of (GLCs) of SO2, NOX and PM10 for different temporal
variations.
In the construction phase, activities like site clearance, site leveling, movements of
workers and material, construction of road, transportation activities will generate
dust, gaseous pollutants and particulate matter and affect the air quality. Other
impacts include -
1. Site Preparation-fencing, boundary and clearing of site will cause disturbance
to the surroundings.
2. Excavation, backfilling and leveling.
3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials and construction spoils.
4. Foundation works can cause dust generation which will decrease the air
quality and it can impact the labors working.
5. Fabrication, erection of steel structures such as tanks, pipelines and sheds.
6. Construction of internal roads drains and water supply.
7. Cleaning and landscaping.
8. Emission from Construction DG & Construction Equipment’s.
EIA Report
185
4.5.1 Mitigation Measures
1. Barricading the construction area and minimizing exposed areas to reduce
dust generation.
2. Areas generating dust during dry weather will be sprayed with water.
3. Creation of vegetation screens to act as a barrier to dust.
4. Appropriate enclosed areas for storage of construction materials.
5. Facilitating the workers with the required personal protective equipment’s.
6. Efficient usage and maintenance of equipment’s/machineries to lower air
emissions, noise pollution and consumption of energy resource.
7. Exhaust vent of DG set will be provided with adequate stack height to ensure
quick dispersal of gaseous emissions.
8. Periodic monitoring and maintenance of transport vehicles to check on the
quality of emission to be within permissible limits and consumption of fuel.
9. Regular inspection of construction site to ensure timely removal and disposal
of construction debris to the dumping sites or for recycle/reuse.
4.6 Water environment
4.6.1 Impacts
1. Contamination of watercourses by leakage from fuel and materials storage
areas.
2. Oil and suspended solids in run-off from vehicles and access roads.
3. Use of heavy machineries and vehicles causes compaction of topsoil due to
which a change in the surface water drainage pattern may occur.
4. Generation of sewage / process effluent and blow down.
4.6.2 Mitigation measures
1. The water demand during the construction phase will be met from
Brahmaputra River.
2. Impenetrable lining will be provided to storage premises to avoid accidental
mixing or fugitive losses.
3. Storehouse will be located at a distance away from the water storage area to
prevent accidental release or spillage.
4. Proper management of rain water run-off during monsoon and creating bunds
to utilize the rain water for construction purpose.
5. An appropriate water management system will be implemented.
EIA Report
186
4.7 Noise environment
4.7.1 Impacts
During construction phase, the noise will mostly be produced because of building
activities and machineries used for carrying out construction. Construction activities
mainly involve diesel generators, laying of foundation, erection of superstructure,
clearing of obstruction and trees if any from the proposed area. Activities such as
construction of labor camps, onsite office, pneumatic hammers, compressors,
concrete mixers, construction material plants however,do not cause significant noise
pollution.But if the work continuous for longer duration, it can affect the health of
local people and workers involved in the project work.
4.7.2 Mitigation Measures
1. Barricading the construction site.
2. The green belt will help in reducing the noise nuisance.
3. Selection of equipment’s of high quality.
4. Proper planning and organizing of construction activities which will help in
avoiding loud verbal exchanges between the intervening parties.
5. Transportation activities will be carried out only during the day and only in case of
emergency, the transportation activities will be permitted in night time.
6. The vehicles used for construction activities and transportation of materials will
be provided with the horn of low noise level as recommended by RTO/ concerned
authorities.
7. Minimization of operation time of noisy equipment and operation of
machineries/equipment that generate high levels of noise only during day time.
8. Inadequate use of plant and equipment, namely, running on full power when the
work does not necessitate it will be avoided.
9. Personal protective equipment’s, education and public awareness and exposure
control through rotation of work will be provided to the workers engaged in
construction activities in the area generating high levels of noise.
4.8 Waste generation
The source of waste are metal pieces, cardboards, wooden scrap, sand gravels etc.,
generation of chemical waste by general site practices (e.g. vehicle and plant
maintenance/servicing), municipal waste generated by site workers.
EIA Report
187
4.8.1 Mitigation measures
1. Recycling/reusing/recovering materials where possible and thereby neglecting
or reducing the disposal requirements.
2. Separation of construction material for reuses either to be used on onsite
filling or can be used as public fill.
3. Training the staff in waste minimizing practices.
4. Chemical waste should be stored in a locked area so as to avoid leaching of
harmful chemicals in the soil or nearby water bodies (If any).
4.9 Ecology
Except for the removal of weeds, the ecological status of the site will be well
maintained by conserving/ developing the greenbelt at the site.
4.10 Social environment
Predicting socio-economic impacts can be best done by planned survey
accompanied with questionnaire from the local public. Such a survey will help in
knowing the response of people about the expansion project. The proposed project
has a positive impact by providing temporary employment to local people in the area
improving the standard of living and quality of life.
4.5 Operation Phase
From an Environmental perspective, this phase is of paramount significance due to
its potential to invoke long term impacts. The adverse effects that are likely to occur
during this operational phase of the project are Air pollution (gaseous Emissions),
Effluent generation, Noise Generation, Solid waste Generation etc.
4.5.1 Impacts during Operational Phase
Because of its potential to create long-term impacts, this phase is very important
from the environmental impact point of view. The basic impacts like gaseous
emissions, water consumption/ pollution and solid waste will have the potential to
adversely affect air, water and land / soil in the vicinity of the project site.
This phase will broadly include the following direct and indirect activities / actions:
Storage and transportation of raw materials and finished products.
Gaseous emissions
Effluent Generation, treatment and disposal
EIA Report
188
Noise Generation
Solid waste generation
4.6 Air Environment
Base line data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for the parameters
such as PM 2.5, PM10, SO2, NO2, are well within the permissible limits as prescribed
by the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQ) for Industrial Area,
Residential, Rural & Other area. Stack emission of PM, SOx & NOx are due to
process units, Flare and DG. Adequate measures will be taken to control Air
Pollution.
4.6.1 Meteorological data
The metrological data for the month of March 2018 to May 2018 (Figure 4.1) is
considered for GLC modeling for evaluating ambient air quality. The various
parameters like temperature, pressure, wind speed, wind direction etc. were
considered and has been taken from IOCL BR meteorological data. The wind
directions considered were from North & North East to South and South West.
EIA Report
189
Figure 4.1 Wind rose of meteorology used for Modeling
4.6.2 AERMET Process
For the 3 phase AERMET processing of the meteorological data, specifications of
the land use in the area are required to determine the terrain roughness for
modelling. The land use was characterized for in and around the site. The surface
characteristics for the site and surroundings were selected and used to calculate the
Albedo, Bowen ratio, and surface roughness parameter. The meteorological data
were processed in the AERMET software to generate wind flow pattern & to
generate surface meteorological data and profile meteorological data in a prescribed
format that can be fed to AERMOD for modeling.
4.6.3 AERMOD Process
AERMOD Software Version 8.0.5 was used for air dispersion modelling and is
applicable to a wide range of buoyant or neutrally buoyant emissions up to a range
EIA Report
190
of 10 km. In addition to more straight forward cases, AERMOD is also suitable for
complex terrain and urban dispersion scenarios.
AERMOD is a steady-state plume model. In the Stable Boundary Layer (SBL), it
assumes the concentration distribution to be Gaussian in both the vertical and
horizontal. In the convective boundary layer (CBL), the horizontal distribution is also
assumed to be Gaussian, but the vertical distribution is described with a bi-Gaussian
Probability Density Function (PDF). This behaviour of the concentration distributions
in the CBL was demonstrated by Willis and Deardorff (1981) and Briggs (1993).
Additionally, in the CBL, AERMOD treats “plume lofting,” whereby a portion of plume
mass, released from a buoyant source, rises to and remains near the top of the
boundary layer before becoming mixed into the CBL. AERMOD also tracks any
plume mass that penetrates into the elevated stable layer, and then allows it to re-
enter the boundary layer when and if appropriate. For sources in both the CBL and
the SBL AERMOD treats the enhancement of lateral dispersion resulting from plume
meander.
The emissions from existing and proposedstacks are estimated and proposed stack
emissions are only used for the air dispersion modelling as shown inTable
4.1&Table 4-2.
Table 4-1Existing Units Stack Emission details
Source Fuel used
Stack Details Emission (g/s)
No of Stack
Height (m)
AGL
Dia (m)
Temp (°C)
Exit Velocity
(m/s)
Vol. Flow rate
(NM3/ Hr)
PM SO2 NOx
TPS Unit 5 FO 1 58 2.3 157 6.74 68830 1.03 6.45 3.47
TPS Unit 6 & 7
FO 1 55 3.27 151 6.79 141995 2.60 21.42 10.71
SRU FO 1 45 0.35 581 7.97 1022 0.00 0.24 0.08
HDT FO 1 40 0.92 237 6.64 9155 0.13 0.73 0.42
CDU FO 1 40 1.26 275 9.26 21822 0.42 3.55 1.45
DCU FO 1 48 2.7 167 5.93 81637 1.04 7.12 5.89
EIA Report
191
HGU FO 1 48 1.53 159 6.45 28330 0.30 2.16 1.43
MSQU FO 1 30 0.59 182 5.05 3216 0.02 0.04 0.14
INDMAX FO 1 50 1.5 179 6.01 24738 12.04 1.79 1.33
Total (g/s) 17.59 43.50 24.92
Table 4-2Proposed CRU Stack Emission details
Source Fuel used
Stack Details Emission per stack
(mg/NM3)
No of Stack
Height (m)
AGL
Dia. (m)
Temp (°C)
Exit Velocity
(m/s)
Vol. Flow rate
(NM3/ Hr)
PM SO2 NOx
CRU
(Naphtha
Hydrotreater)
FO 1 42 1.8 657.1 4.14 37923 50 850 350
CRU
(Reformer) FO 1 45 0.8 289.6 4.55 8231 50 850 350
Total (mg/NM3) 100 1700 700
Total (g/s) 0.64 10.9 4.49
EIA Report
192
Figure 4.2Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of the Study Area
Table 4-3Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Particulate Matter obtained through Modeling
S.NO UTM coordinates (m) Conc.
(µg/m3)
Distance from Centre of
Sources (Km)
Direction from Source Centre E N
1 381977 2896873 0.911 1 E
2 380979.2 2894886 0.490 2 S
3 381977 2894886 0.451 2.2 SSE
4 380979.2 2895880 0.384 1 S
5 387963.9 2891905 0.333 8.5 SW
6 380979.2 2896873 0.280 0 0
7 385968.3 2893892 0.261 5.7 ESE
8 388961.7 2890911 0.220 9.9 SW
9 380979.2 2893892 0.209 3 S
10 385968.3 2890911 0.208 7.7 SW
EIA Report
193
Figure 4.3Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km Radius of the Study Area
Table 4-4Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Sulfur Di oxide obtained through Modeling
S.NO UTM coordinates (m)
Conc. (µg/m3)
Distance from Centre of
Sources (Km)
Direction from Source Centre E N
1 381977 2896873 15.698 1 E
2 380979.2 2894886 8.293 2 S
3 381977 2894886 7.720 2.2 SSE
4 380979.2 2895880 6.556 1 S
5 387963.9 2891905 5.625 8.5 SW
6 380979.2 2896873 4.813 0 0
7 385968.3 2893892 4.402 5.7 ESE
8 388961.7 2890911 3.788 9.9 SW
9 380979.2 2893892 3.594 3 S
10 378983.5 2897867 3.543 2.4 WNW
EIA Report
194
Figure 4.4Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area
Table 4-5Projected Top 10 Highest Concentrations of Oxides of Nitrogen obtained through Modeling
S.NO UTM coordinates (m)
Conc. (µg/m3)
Distance from Centre of
Sources (Km)
Direction from Source Centre E N
1 381977 2896873 6.473 1 E
2 380979.2 2894886 3.419 2 S
3 381977 2894886 3.183 2.2 SSE
4 380979.2 2895880 2.703 1 S
5 387963.9 2891905 2.319 8.5 SW
6 380979.2 2896873 1.985 0 0
7 385968.3 2893892 1.815 5.7 ESE
8 388961.7 2890911 1.562 9.9 SW
9 380979.2 2893892 1.482 3 S
10 378983.5 2897867 1.461 2.4 WNW
EIA Report
195
Conclusion
It was observed that the maximum incremental concentration observed due to
proposed expansion for PM, SO2 and NOx are 0.911 µg/m3, 15.698 µg/m3 and 6.473
µg/m3. So it can be concluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact
envisaged is minimum or negligible. The total increase in concentrations above
baseline status to estimate the percentage increase and summarized in Table 4-6.
Table 4-6 Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions
Pollutant
Max Baseline
Conc. (µg/m3)
predicted Conc. at source (µg/m3)
Total Conc.
(µg/m3)
NAAQ standard
% Increment in Concentration
Levels
PM 72.9 0.911 73.811 100 1.25
SO2 13 15.698 28.698 80 120.75
NOx 33.6 6.473 40.073 80 19.26
Mitigation measures
1. Air pollution control measures will be provided by the Refinery.
2. Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in
order to check and compare the predicted concentrations with the measured
concentrations. NAAQS exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly and
adequacy/Performance of Air Pollution Control measures shall be reviewed.
3. Water sprinkling shall be carried out on road surfaces in the project area during
construction phase.
4. Adequate Greenbelt area is provided.
5. Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with
tarpaulin. All the vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the
emission standards.
6. In addition, IOC will ensure that unit will be with essential pollution control
measures as to be stated by Assam PCB in their CCA.
EIA Report
196
4.6.3.1 Mitigation Measures for Reduction of Emissions at Source
4.6.3.1.1 Air Pollution ControlSystem
Latest Pollution control equipment will be adapted to the once-through steam
generator, for compliance to latest MOEF&CC guidelines:
Ultra-Low NOx burners
All emission control equipments are running as per design. Emission control
is taken care at design stageitself.
Facilities for On-line Stack Monitoring for PM, CO, Sox& NOxwith connectivity to
CPCB/PCBA
4.6.3.1.2 Coke Boiler
CFBC Boiler is an Environment friendly technology as it is a low SOx& low NOx emitting
boiler. SOx is removed with the help of crushed limestone feeding, whereas NOx
generation is negligible due to lower furnace temperatures and lower stack temperature
(135 deg C of CFBC boiler against 142-150 deg Celsius of existing conventional
boilers).
4.6.3.1.3 Pollution Control Measures
• The Continuous Fluidized Bed Combustion (CFBC) Boiler which has the
advantage of in-situ pollution control and reduced emissions.
• Desulphurization of the fuel i.e. petcoke, will be done in the combustion zone
itself by adding limestone in the boiler bed.
• SO2 removal efficiency of more than 97% with good sorbent utilization.
• Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) shall be provided to arrest dust in the boiler
flue gas, which will limit the outlet dust concentration within 30 mg/Nm3.
• SO2 level in the flue gas will be controlled by using lime stone.
• The combustion temperature in the CFBC boiler being low, in the range of
800oC-900oC, will result in the minimal NOx formation.
• Low combustion temperature (800-900oC) and staging of air feed to the
furnace produce low NOx emissions.
• Online analyzer for PM, SO2, NOx & CO shall be provided for stack gas
monitoring in proposed pet coke boiler project.
EIA Report
197
4.6.4 Impacts due to Traffic and Transportation
The vehicular movement near project site has been assessed and given in Table 4-7.
Table 4-7Vehicular Movement Monitoring
Date of Monitoring: 16-04-2018
Time Heavy Medium Light Two
Wheeler Total
7;00-8:00 38 14 158 173 391
8:00-9:00 (Peak Hour) 50 17 156 234 466
9:00-10:00 48 49 113 204 424
10:00-11:00 59 54 75 198 397
11:00-12:00 79 77 99 170 437
12:00-13:00 63 86 84 156 402
13:00-14:00 57 85 52 145 353
14:00-15:00 69 64 83 137 368
15:00-16:00 55 75 97 86 329
16:00-17:00 84 79 106 147 433
17:00-18:00 40 61 185 113 417
18:00-19:00 44 33 110 80 286
19:00-20:00 36 46 96 71 269
20:00-21:00 58 31 77 84 271
21:00-22:00 34 40 67 63 226
22:00-23:00 29 24 60 49 185
23:00-00:00 20 7 37 17 105
00:00-1:00 24 13 23 13 74
01:00-2:00 12 13 17 23 67
02:00-3:00 6 7 26 8 50
03:00-4:00 22 8 11 5 50
04:00-5:00 24 20 33 20 102
05:00-6:00 21 26 29 30 112
06:00-7:00 20 17 67 80 191
Total 992 946 1861 2306 6105
EIA Report
198
Table 4-8 Existing & Proposed Vehicular movement per Peak hour
S. No
Type of Vehicle
Existing
vehicles trips/ Hour
Existing
PCU
Proposed
vehicles trips/ Hour
Proposed PCU
Total vehicles
after project
implementation
PCU Factors IRC
(SP 41)
Total PCU after
project implemen
tation
1 Cars 100 100 0 0 100 1 100
2 2 wheelers 234 176 0 0 176 0.75 176
3 3 Wheeler 56 112 0 0 112 2 112
4 Medium 17 34 0 0 34 2 34
5 Heavy 50 185 0 0 185 3.7 185
Total 457 607 0 0 607 - 607
Based on the traffic for the proposed project, the expected LOS due to the project is given in
Table 4-9.
Table 4-9 Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project
For the Road
Volume of Traffic
Volume (V)
Capacity (C)
V/C Ratio
LOS Category*
Traffic Classification
Existing 457 607 3600 0.17 A Free Flow
Proposed 0 0 3600 0 A Free Flow
Total 457 607 3600 0.17 A Free Flow
*LOS categories are A-Free Flow, B- Reasonably Free Flow, C-Stable Flow, D-Approaching
unstable flow, E- Unstable flow, F- Forced or breakdown flow
Due to proposed project there will be slight increment in the vehicle movement but the level
of service (LOS) anticipated will beFree Flow.
4.7 Noise Environment
4.7.1 Impact
The noise generated during the operational phase can be divided into two categories
A) Stationary source due to heavy duty machineries at the project site such as
compressors, DG sets, pumps etc.
B) Mobile source corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,
materials, material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.
Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with the
proposed project during operational phase. The impact of vibrations beyond the site
EIA Report
199
would be negligible during normal operation phase. However, the impacts on
workers engaged in the plant area would be considerable due to occupational
exposure. The proposed fixed major equipment/units such as compressors, pumps,
DG sets etc., also generate vibrations during operational phase and may cause
exposures to the workers/operators engaged at these units.
All equipment’s in the plant produce 40 to 55 dB(A) after control measures and
equipment’s are designed/operated to have a noise level not exceeding 85 to 90
dB(A) as per the requirement of Occupational Health and Safety Administration
Standard (OHSAS). In addition, since most of the noise generating equipment would
be in closed structures, the noise transmitted outside would be still lower and for any
other case of higher noise sufficient safety ear plugs and ear muffs will be provided
to the employees.
4.7.2 Mitigation Measure
The major noise generating equipment like Compressors, DG sets, pumps
etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of
25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.
Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring
cumulative noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).
The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly
time weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.
Adequate PPE will be provided to the staff exposing to noise risks.
Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary.
Acoustic design with sound proof glass paneling will be provided for critical
operator cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central
control facilities.
Use of personal protective equipment’s/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs
etc. will be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.
Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental
works will be carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts
will be lubricated to minimize noise emissions.
EIA Report
200
Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub
plantation; landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle
parking areas and along approach roads.
Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational
phase of the project.
Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet
international standards and foundations will be so designed to minimize
vibrations and secured properly.
Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained
properly to minimize vibrations and related impacts.
Various standards pertaining to vibrations are formulated by statutory bodies
like Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and Director General of Mines Safety
(DGMS), which is being practiced would be continued to mitigate the workers’
health effects due to vibrations.
Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation.
Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of
construction materials will be planned in line with the same.
4.8 Water Environment
No water will be extracted from ground water sources. The source of water will be
from Brahmaputra River. The total raw water requirement for existing facility is 551.3
KLPH and for proposed operation phase total requirement will be 346 KLPH.
Wastewater will be segregated into Domestic and Industrial effluent. Domestic
effluent and Industrial effluent will be treated in existing combinedETP.
The design capacity of the effluent treatment plant is as follows
Wet Weather flow (WWF) = 550 KLPH
Dry Weather Flow (DWF) = 365 KLPH
4.8.1 Impacts on Surface Water Bodies
The surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds
/lakes/ rivers in the area are working as recharge sites for the under lying
EIA Report
201
groundwater and hence the surface water and ground water systems are acting like
a single unit and therefore cannot be seen in Isolation.
Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the
system and will have serious impacts to the water resources especially the
availability of potable water in the PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core area
especially the 5.0 km radius area. Therefore,the existing effluent which is discharged
into river is proposed to discharge in water reservoir pond.
4.8.2 Mitigation measures
Though the proposed development will not draw Groundwater, the following
measures proposed as a part of development to improve the ground water scenario
and also to ensure that ground water is not contaminated.
Strategic plans such as implementing the following structures for rain water
harvesting and groundwater recharging purposes in project site will be adhered.
Recharge pits
Only roof-top rain water harvesting
Rainwater storage ponds/tanks
Storage cum recharge ponds
Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in the project site.
4.8.3 Impacts Due to Wastewater Generation
The source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:
Industrial wastewater/effluent
Cooling Tower blow down
Domestic Sewage
Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc.
Discharge of effluent into River
The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water will affect the
surface water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment will pollute the ground
and surface water.
EIA Report
202
4.8.4 Mitigation Measures
Various mitigation measures are proposed to be adopted to minimize the impact if
any on the water environment due to the wastewater/runoff generation during the
operation phase of the project.
Institutional arrangement for monitoring of water pollution.
Corrective and preventive measures if any contamination happens.
Monitoring should ensure early determination of any threats to water
resources in terms of contamination.
If contaminated, proper expertise will be brought to schematize the various
recharge mechanism to reduce or nullify the impact effects.
4.8.5 Wastewater Quality, Quantity and Treatment Method
Existing
Approx. 212.30 KLPH of effluent is being generated in the existing facility of which
16.58 KLPH is discharged into Brahmaputra river and 43 KLPH Net Discharge to
storm water channel excluding evaporation & Ground Losses. Remaining 142.37
KLPH is being reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water makeup and
service water.
Proposed
Due to the proposed expansion Approx. 188.2 KLPH of effluent is generated in the
existing facility of which 4.2 KLPH is discharged into water reservoir pond.
Remaining 184 KLPH is reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water
makeup, Flushing and Green Belt.
The design capacity of the effluent treatment plant is as follows
Wet Weather flow (WWF) = 550 KLPH
Dry Weather Flow (DWF) = 365 KLPH
Guwahati Refinery has developed a Modernised Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) for
treatment of process wastewater, generated from various units of the refinery as well
as Township.
EIA Report
203
The treatment scheme is broadly divided into five sections as follows:
a) Physico-Chemical treatment, for removal of Hydrocarbons, Sulphides and
Total suspended solids.
b) Biological treatment system incorporating activated sludge system for
oxidizing the organic matters.
c) Tertiary treatment system comprising of pressure sand filters and activated
carbon filters for removal of TSS, Odour, Colour and Organics.
d) Sludge processing section comprising of Oily & Chemical Sludge Processing
and disposal as a solid waste biodegradable material.
e) Chemical dosing system comprising of storage facilities of various chemicals
and preparations of chemical solutions of standard concentration for injection
at various stages during effluent treatment.
The Block Flow Diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant is shown in Figure 4.5.
4.8.6 Process DescriptionThe effluent from various units / Sections of the refinery
is routed to the API II & III Parallel Separators, where the oil is separated
anddirected to the DH tanks 1 & 2 by electric driven pumps and SteamDriven
Pumps. The treated effluent from the API separator is routedto the Aeration Basin
and it is received in the sump pit. With the helpof Effluent Transfer Pumps, the
effluent is delivered to theequalization tanks.
API Separator II & III consists of three parallel segments in each ofwhich there are oil
skimmers at the inlet and out let end of theseparator. In each of the segments, there
is also provided a scrappermechanism operated by electrically driven gearbox
system. The mainfunction of scrapper is to push the oil from the surface of
watertowards the oil skimmer, located at the Outlet end and to scrap outsuspended
solids settled at the segments bottom floor of theseparator, towards the sludge pit
located at the Inlet end. The Sludge,accumulated at the sludge pit of each segment
is periodicallytransferred to adjoining Lagoons with the help of Pump. In theLagoons
1 & 2, the sludge settles at the bottom allowing water to bedrained out into the API
separators. The floating oil from the top ofthe lagoon is transferred to DH Tank 1&2
from time to time with electric driven pumps.
EIA Report
204
API Separator II consists of three parallel segments with respectivegear box system
and API Separator III also consists of three parallelsegments with respective gear
box system.
The equalization tanks have been provided with floating oil skimmersand multiple
draw off points for removal of free oil, separated at thetop of the water surface. MP
Steam spraying facility is provided tomaintain the mobility of oil. The effluent from the
Equalization tanks iseither pumped or flows through gravity to Tilted Plate Interceptor
(TPI). Spent caustic injection facility is provided at the inlet launder ofTPI for
processing the spent caustic & adjusting pH. Each TPI consistsof tilted plate in six
compartments kept inclined at 45.
When the oily effluent passes through the tilted plates, the free oil floats at the top
and the heavier suspended particles settle down. The floating free oil is recovered
with the help of Pipe oil skimmer and is diverted to slop oil sump. From the slop oil
sump, the oil is pumped to the DH Tank. The bottom product is drained out and
routed to Oily &Chemical Sludge Sump. An over flow weir is provided at the flow
channel of TPI Unit so that the water level is maintained in the TPI for the effective
separation of free oil and sludge. The treated water overflows through the weir and
routed to the DAF unit for emulsified oil removal.
4.8.7 Emulsified Oil and Suspended Solid Removal Section
The DAF System removes emulsified Oil and Suspended solids. DAF system
consists of flash mixer, flocculator and a floatation unit. At flash mixer PAC, is added.
The over flow from flash mixer enters into the flocculator tank where de-oiling
polyelectrolyte is dosed for breaking of oil water emulsion. The flocculated effluents
that contain the flocculated solids and dispersed oil enter the DAF Unit. At the DAF
unit, the water is saturated with air in the saturation vessel and it is directed to the
DAF tank. When the water saturated with air enters the DAF tank, it rises up to form
microscopic air bubbles and these bubbles carry the emulsified oil to the top and the
solids settle at the bottom. A Froth Skimmer skims off the floating oil and the solids
at the bottom are scrapped by rake and drained to oily and chemical sludge sump.
EIA Report
205
4.8.8 Biological Treatment System
The oil free effluent from DAF, Filter Backwash Water, Sanitary waste from refinery
and Township enter aeration tank by gravity for removal of biological pollutants.
Extended aeration of activated sludge takes place in Aeration Tank. The activated
sludge process removes BOD along with corresponding COD, Sulphide, Phenol and
ammonia from effluent and the sanitary waste. The oxygen required for survival of
microorganism is obtained from the Blowers via diffused aeration system. In order to
provide food to the microorganisms, nutrients are dosed. The effluent overflowing
from the aeration tank flows into the final clarifier for sludge settling. The bio-sludge,
which settles is re-circulated back to the aeration tank by Bio-sludge recirculation
Pumps for maintaining the desired Mixed Liquor Suspended Solids(MLSS) and the
clarifier over flow is directed to Guard Pond. From the Guard Pond, the treated water
flows by gravity to Filter Feed Sump. Vertical Pumps, provided at the sump are used
for pumping the effluent to the Polishing Section.
4.8.8.1 Polishing Section
Polishing section consists of five numbers of Pressure Sand Filters and five numbers
of Activated Carbon Filters, which are operated by Programmable Logical Control
(PLC). Pressure Sand filters consist of Sand media, which remove the suspended
particles, and Activated carbon filters remove the odour, colour and organics. All
ACF and PSF can be run either in auto mode or semi auto mode or manual mode,
as required. ACF and PSF are run in four cyclic positions:
Position I - Ready for Service.
Position II - In the Service.
Position III - Ready for Backwash
Position IV - In the Backwash.
The above all four positions take place in various situations. But each of the above
positions comes once in each filter within a cycle of every 22 hrs under normal
circumstances. The effluent that is treated &made free of pollutants meeting the
MINAS is reused inside the Refinery in Cooling Towers and fire water after getting
EIA Report
206
disinfected through chlorination and a negligible quantity is discharged into
Brahmaputra River.
4.8.8.2 REUSE AND DISPOSAL OF TREATED WASTEWATER
At present, the wastewater, generated in the entire refinery is treated in the existing
ETP of the refinery. The waste water, to be generated during the Existing and
proposed operation will undergo the necessary treatment in the existing Effluent
Treatment Plant of the refinery.
To preserve the natural resources by reduction of fresh water consumption in the
Refinery, the major portion of the treated effluent is reused in cooling tower make up
and fire water make up in the refinery. This has resulted in reduction of effluent
discharge to the river as well as reduction in fresh water consumption.
In the study conducted by EIL in February 2020 it was envisaged that TDS
water<2100 shall be discharged to the river at 45.5m3/hr.
However, Guwahati Refinery has taken proactive action where 97% is reused and
the rest of water shall be stored in the reservoir for reuse and reprocessing. The
quantity of the wastewater shall remain around the existing level.
4.8.8.3 Compliance with Standards
The ETP has been designed to meet MINAS stipulation. A comparison of MINAS
and the treated effluent quality showed that the treated effluent standard is well
within MINAS regulations both qualitatively and quantitatively. After the
commissioning of the proposed facility, the treated effluent will meet MINAS both
qualitatively and quantitatively.
The existing characteristics of the treated effluent are presented inTable 4-10.
Table 4-10 Characteristics of the treated effluent
S. No Parameter Permissible Limit Values (mg/l)
March 2018
1 Oil & Grease 5 2.4 – 4.8
2 BOD 15 11.0 – 14.0
3 COD 125 96.0 – 124.0
4 TSS 20 0.20 – 0.34
5 Phenols 0.35 0.20 – 0.34
EIA Report
207
S. No Parameter Permissible Limit Values (mg/l)
March 2018
6 Sulphides 0.5 0.02 – 0.05
Figure 4.5 Typical ETP block diagram
Table 4-11 Characteristics of Effluent Generated and Discharged
S. NO
Parameter
Quantum Value (Kg/TMT of Crude
Processed)
Quantity of Pollutants discharged
(kg/Day)
Concentration of Pollutants in
Discharge (mg/L)
Percentage of Variation
from prescribed Standard Limit Actual Actual Limit Actual
1 pH - - - 6.0-8.5 7.21
All Parameters are within range of
prescribed standards
2 Oil & Grease 2 0.225 0.631 5 3.19
3 BOD 6 0.759 2.128 15 10.76
4 COD 50 6.055 16.981 1235 85.87
5 TSS 8 0.936 2.626 20 13.28
6 Phenols 0.14 0.02 0.057 0.35 0.29
7 Sulfides 0.2 0.002 0.006 0.5 0.03
8 CN 0.08 0.001 0.003 0.2 0.013
9 Ammonia as N 6 0.374 1.048 15 5.3
10 TKN 16 0.818 2.294 40 11.6
11 P 1.2 0.021 0.059 3 0.3
12 Cr(Hexavalent) 0.04 0.001 0.002 0.1 0.01
13 Cr(Total) 0.8 0.001 0.002 2 0.01
14 PB 0.04 0.001 0.004 0.1 0.02
15 Hg 0.004 0.00007 0.0002 0.01 0.001
EIA Report
208
S. NO
Parameter
Quantum Value (Kg/TMT of Crude
Processed)
Quantity of Pollutants discharged
(kg/Day)
Concentration of Pollutants in
Discharge (mg/L)
Percentage of Variation
from prescribed Standard Limit Actual Actual Limit Actual
16 Zn 2 0.003 0.008 5 0.04
All Parameters are within range of
prescribed standards
17 Ni 0.4 0.002 0.006 1 0.03
18 Cu 0.4 0.001 0.004 1 0.02
19 V 0.8 0.014 0.039 0.2 0.2
20 Benzene 0.04 0.0004 0.001 0.1 0.005
21 B(a)P 0.08 0.00001 0.00002 0.2 0.0001
Source: IOCL, GR Certified EC Compliance Report
4.9 Land Environment
4.9.1 Potential Impact Due to Location
The proposed Naphtha Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) and Catalytic Reforming Unit
(CRU) are proposed within the IOCL existing facility, there will be no additional land
acquisition and resettlement or Rehabilitation required. Therefore, there will not be
any direct impacts.
4.9.2 Impacts Due to Changes in Land Use Pattern
One of the factor that is usually considered as a major impact from any project is the
land use change. But since the proposed CRU & NHDT unitswill be established
within the existing IOCL site, no land use change is foreseen, as the current land use
is that of industrial.
4.9.3 Potential Impact Due to Construction
During the construction phase site levelling would be required which involves site
preparation work, the soil and rock debris etc., achieved as cut material from the
higher gradient shall be utilised to elevate the low level areas within project
premises.
The land disposal of solid wastes such as construction rubble, camp site garbage
and discarded topsoil may impact soil quality. There might be a temporary phase of
dumping the construction materials and wastes in the M/s IOCL, GR complex
marring the aesthetics of the site. Apart from the localised construction impacts
confined to the project site, the impact is likely to be insignificant and no long term
EIA Report
209
adverse impacts are envisaged. The earthen materials if any will be balanced by cut
and fill quantities within the project site. The cut quantity will be required at the site to
fill areas within the site.
4.9.4 Impact on Local Infrastructure
Transportation of construction material: Transportation of construction material
(quarry material, cement &steel, paint, bricks etc) during construction phase of the
project results in use of public infrastructure like roads, railways, drainage, water and
power supply which in turn results in extra burden.
Construction Workers Camp: During theconstructionphase of theproject there will
be short term employment generation in the form of skilled and semiskilled labours.
This could be for a period of maximum 2 to 3 years but the daily wage unskilled
labours employed locally. Also majority of the works will be sub-contracted. There
could be several impacts due to the location of construction camp in the area where
in local area will receive people from most part of the country. Mitigation measures
are as follows:
Trucks with construction material susceptible for fugitive suspension will be
covered with tarpaulin covers during transport of construction materials
Transportation management will be adopted for movement of vehicles
transporting construction materials and traffic will be regulated.
Vehicles deployed will confirm to emission norms (air/noise) of CPCB and
have validPollution Under Control(PUC) certificates
Very old vehicles (more than 20 years) will not be allowed at site
Trucks will comply with standards for exhaust emissions and noise levels.
To avoid/minimise impact/strain on the existing infrastructure, the worker
camps will be self-sufficient and would not rely on any local resource. This
would help to avoid any conflict with the local population. To mitigate impacts
from health hazards, sanitation facilities will be provided.
4.9.5 Potential Impact Due to Operation
The wastewater generated in GR Complex is being treated in existing combined
ETP. The following mitigation measures may be explored:
EIA Report
210
Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines
Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken
parts of the conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.
Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as
surface RCC channels along the pipelines shall be adopted.
Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using
internal use.
4.9.6 Impacts-Soil Contamination
Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-
hazardous wastes generated due to refinery operations. Poor management of such
materials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of soil contamination.
Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted to
eliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination. The wastes generated will be
stored in temporary storage facility and then it has to be transferred to Boragaon
Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) and also to the approved vendors
of State Pollution Control Board (SPCB), Assam.
4.10 Flora & Fauna
4.10.1 Potential Impacts during Construction
The impacts caused by construction activities include the following:
Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles
Dust suspension during site preparation, construction and material transport
Noise caused by vehicles transporting construction material
Noise caused by handling of construction materials
Noise & exhaust emissions from diesel run engines of construction machinery
During construction the transport of construction material will cause dust emission,
emission of exhaust gases from vehicles such as CO2,CO and NOx. The fugitive dust
may coat the leaves of plants and trees exist in the refinery area. Fauna that occur in
the project area and surroundings may be disturbed by the sounds of vehicles,
construction and construction equipment.
EIA Report
211
The impacts caused by construction to fauna are temporary and not long term and
most (if not all) the observed and documented flora and fauna of the project area will
adapt to following impacts
Spraying of construction materials like sand and gravel with water will
minimise dust emission.
Properly maintained vehicles will produce reduced noxious emission.
And the temporary labour camps must have proper sanitation facilities
Forest Area – There are many reserve forests within 15 km radius from the project
site.
Wild Life -Guwahati Zoo & Botanical Garden is at ~2.29 Km radius of the project
site.
Cattle Grazing -No cattle grazing grounds have been found within the project site.
4.10.2 Potential Impacts during Operational Stage
Baseline status clearly indicates that there are severalreserve forests, Guwahati Zoo
& Botanical Garden and Brahmaputra River within 10 km radius from the refinery
site. The following mitigation measures may be suggested.
Discharge of wastes/wastewater without treatment would not be allowed
Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of
terrestrial ecology and biodiversity
Avoid adverse impacts to faunal species etc.
4.11 Solid Waste Management
4.11.1 Impact Due to Solid Waste Generation
During operation phase, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated which
can be broadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Non-hazardous Waste.
Further, the generated solid waste generation may include Biodegradable,
Recyclable and Inert compounds. The details of solid waste generation and its
management proposed are discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.14. If the solid waste
generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorized manner, it will
impact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.
EIA Report
212
4.11.2 Solid Waste Management
Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation
during the operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines
will be to ensure adopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid
waste at source into organic and inorganic wastes. Waste management is given
inFigure 4.6.
Figure 4.6Waste management
EIA Report
213
CHAPTER 5
ANALYSIS OF
ALTERNATIVES
EIA Report
214
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 5.1 Introduction
Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL), GR proposesNaptha Hydro Treatment Unit
(NHDT) and Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU).
The range of alternatives selected for the purpose of analysis includes:
Site alternative
Water supply alternative
Technology alternative
5.2 Site Alternative
Guwahati Refinery (GR), Indian Oils Major Refinery has a design crude processing
capacity of 1 MMTPA.Guwahati refineryowned a land of 490 Acres. Since the
proposed project is expansion within the existing facility there is no new site/
alternative sites considered.
5.3 Water Supply Alternative
The total fresh water requirement of 346 KLPH for the refinery is met from water
from Brahmaputra River.
5.4 Technology Alternative
The proposed Catalytic Reforming Process is the only technology available to
produce high octane reformate from low octane naphtha streams and so no
alternative technologies available.
EIA Report
215
CHAPTER 6
ENVIRONMENTAL
MONITORING PROGRAM
EIA Report
216
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
6.1 Introduction
Environmental monitoring is an essential tool for sustainable development &
ensuring effective implementation of environmental management plan & mitigation
measures adopted. Environmental monitoring will undertake primarily to determine
the environmental effects of human activities and secondarily to increase
understanding of cause – effect relationships between human activity and
environmental change. Environment monitoring is a repetitive & systematic
measurement of the characteristics of environmental components to test specific
hypotheses of the effect of human activities on the environment. Environmental
monitoring program enables the proponent to identify the deviation of environmental
quality due to the proposed project activities.
6.2 Environmental Effects Monitoring inEIA
Environmental effects monitoring programs provide the necessary information to:
Verify the accuracy of EIA predictions;
Determine the effectiveness of measures to mitigate adverse effects of
projects on the environment.
Environmental monitoring program is a vital process of any management plan of the
development project. This helps in signalling the potential problems resulting from
the proposed project and will allow for prompt implementation of effective corrective
measures. The environmental monitoring will be required for the construction and
operational phases. The main objectives of environmental monitoring area:
i. To assess the changes in environmental conditions,
ii. To monitor the effective implementation of mitigation measures,
iii. Warn significant deteriorations in environmental quality for further
prevention action.
iv. In order to meet the above objectives, the following parameters need to
be monitored:
v. Afforestation,
vi. Water Quality and Public Health,
vii. Air and Noise quality,
EIA Report
217
viii. Soil Conservation, and
ix. Sanitation and Waste Disposal
6.2.1 Post Project Environment Monitoring Program
The summarized form of post monitoring details is presented in the following Table
6-1.
Table 6-1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Plan
S.
No
Particulars Frequency of
monitoring
Parameters for Monitoring
1. Air pollution monitoring
Ambient air quality within
the premises
Continuous PM, SOx, NOX, NO2, CO, O3,
VOC
Ambient air quality within
the premises
Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in
NAAQS and VOC
&HC(Methane & Non-
methane)
Ambient air quality at 1
location in Prevalent Down
Wind Direction
Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in
NAAQS and VOC
&HC(Methane & Non-
methane)
Ambient air quality at 1
location in Up Wind
Direction
Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in
NAAQS and VOC
&HC(Methane & Non-
methane)
2. Noise monitoring
At two locations within the
premises
Once in a month Noise Levels in dB(A)
3. Ground water quality monitoring
One location at site and
one location outside site
Once in a month Physicochemical properties,
Heavy metals
4. Soil Quality monitoring
One location near Once in a month Physicochemical properties,
EIA Report
218
Hazardous waste storage
area at site and one
location outside site
Nutrients, Heavy metals
5. Effluent Quality Monitoring
Inlet and outlet of ETP Once a month pH, Temp, TDS, TSS,
Chloride, Sulphide, Sulphate,
fluoride, ammoniacal
Nitrogen, Sodium, Copper,
Zinc, Phenolic compounds, Oil
and Grease, Boron, BOD,
COD, Total Residual Chlorine,
Arsenic, Cadmium, Total
Chromium, Hexavalent
Chromium, Lead, Selenium,
Mercury, Pesticides, Alpha
emitters, Free Ammonia,
Dissolved Phosphates, Total
Kjeldhal nitrogen, Cyanide,
Nickel, Residual Sodium
Carbonate.
Inlet and out let of STP No STP Sewage is Biologically treated
as a part of the CETP and
standards are met through the
pH, Temp, TDS, TSS, BOD,
COD, Oil and grease.
6. Work place Monitoring Quarterly Noise, VOC, Lux levels
6.2.2 Monitoring Methodologies
Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provide by
MoEF&CC/CPCB/SPCB-Assam. The methods conducted or applied shall be
approved or sanctioned by the any recognized body or authority i.e.
MoEF&CC/CPCB/SPCB-Assam.
EIA Report
219
6.3 Reporting & Documentation
All the necessary reports and documents shall be prepared complying with the
statutory rules & regulations. Proper and due care shall be taken to adhere to the
laid down rules and regulation by the government. Regular and periodic record shall
be kept in order to ensure easier, comparable and brisk review and projection of
past, present and future performances. Also, the management shall ensure to
prepare separate records for water, wastewater, solid waste, air, emission, regularly
and periodically in order to provide better and smooth vigilance.
The management shall look into the fact that as soon as the preparation of reports
gets over it shall be forwarded to the concerned authority with due care for the
purpose of reviewing. Adhering to the rules and regulations the management shall
ensure that the outcome of the reports and the conclusions been drawn shall be
prepared as per the laid down regulations and procedures. No breach of any
convention shall be availed.
These reports/documents shall be regularly and periodically reviewed and any
changes/discrepancies found in mitigation
measures/operation/management/technology shall be brought into notice
instantaneously and all possible corrective actions shall be taken to match the
discrepancies been witnessed.
6.4 Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan
Particulars and frequency of environmental Monitoring is given in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2Budgetary allocation for Environmental Monitoring
S.
No
Particulars Frequency of monitoring Cost in
Lakhs
1. Air pollution monitoring
Stack monitoring Monthly.
Online analyzers have also been
installed in stacks.
5
Ambient Monitoring
within as well as
outside GR
Monthly.
CAAQMS have also been installed within
and outside GR Complex
2
2. Noise monitoring
At four locations Monthly 4
EIA Report
220
within the premises
3. Ground water quality monitoring
3 locations inside, 4
outside Refinery
Quarterly
4. Soil Quality monitoring
2 locations inside
Refinery premises, 2
outside Refinery
Quarterly
5. Effluent Quality Monitoring
Inlet and outlet of
ETP/ OSW
Daily 2
6. VOC monitoring Monthly 2
Total 15
EIA Report
221
CHAPTER 7
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
EIA Report
222
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1 Public Consultation
PH is exempted under para 7(ii) of EIA notification, 2006. 7.2 Risk Assessment
Risk Assessment is performed for the instrument leaks and failure for different
scenarios is incorporated as Annexure 10.
Material Safety Data Sheet is enclosed inAnnexure 8.and the Disaster Management
Plan is enclosed inAnnexure 11. The status of compliance to environmental
conditions is provided in Annexure 5.
7.3 Applicability of Environmental Clearance
List of latest Existing Environmental Clearance obtained by MoEF &CC is given in
Table 7-1Latest Existing Environmental Clearance
S. No MoEF File No Date of issue Status of Project
1 J-11011/1/2000-IA-II(I) 24-04-2000 Commissioned
2 J-11011/215/2007-IA-II(I) 7-02-2008 Commissioned
3 J-11011/71/2012-IA-II(I) 22-01-2015 Commissioned
EC compliance was submitted to Regional Office, MoEF. Site visit by MoEF officials
done on 12-04-2018and the compliance of EC recommendations was certified.
Certified copy is enclosed in Annexure 5.
7.4 Consent for Existing Operation
The facility is under operation with PCB consent obtained vide:
PCB/CTO/KM/000939/02/2020, valid up to 31st March 2021 & PESO license
obtained vide P/HQ/AS/15/845(P221799), Valid up to 31/12/2020
EIA Report
223
7.5 TOR ISSUED BY MOEF
EIA Report
224
EIA Report
225
7.6 Copy of Standard ToR
EIA Report
226
EIA Report
227
.
EIA Report
228
EIA Report
229
EIA Report
230
EIA Report
231
EIA Report
232
CHAPTER 8
PROJECT BENEFITS
EIA Report
233
8 PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 PROJECT BENEFITS
Sustained availability of high octane reformate for blending in refinery gasoline
pool leading to sustained supply of gasoline from Guwahati Refinery to customer
Conversion of low value, low octane naphtha streams into high value high octane
reformate.
Presently reformate is being imported from other IOCL refineries through railways
tank wagon. Installation of CRU at Guwahati Refinery will eliminate railways
transportation leading to saving in transportation cost and avoiding environmental
hazard due to possibility of external exposure while transportation.
EIA Report
234
CHAPTER 9
Environmental Cost Benefit
Analysis
EIA Report
235
9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis
This Chapter is Not Applicable in Scoping Stage
EIA Report
236
CHAPTER 10
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
EIA Report
237
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1 Introduction
This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Indian Oil Corporation Limited
identifies the principles, procedures and methods that will be used to control and
minimize the environmental impacts of the proposed minor construction and
operational activities associated with the revamp project. It is intended to ensure that
commitments made by IOCL to minimize project related environmental and social
impacts are upheld throughout all project phases.
As part of our ongoing commitment to excellence in environmental and social
performance we will ensure the following:
Fulfill all environmental conditions associated with project approvals.
Develop, promote and foster a shared sense of responsibility for
environmental and performance of the project.
Promote environmental awareness and understanding among employees
and contractors through training, identification of roles and responsibilities
towards environmental management and linking project performance to
overall environmental performance.
Monitor environmental performance throughout the project and implement
an adaptive management approach to continuous improvement and to
meet the future regulations.
10.2 Objectives of EMP
To suggest the formation of a core group (Environment Management Cell)
responsible for implementation of environmental control & protective
measures as well as monitoring of such implementation.
To ensure project components are compliant with all laws and approval
conditions.
Continue baseline monitoring.
Facilitate a continual review of post construction and operation activities.
To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impact
and to maximize beneficial impacts.
EIA Report
238
Preparation of afforestation or Greenbelt Development scheme.
Preparation of rain water harvesting scheme and energy conservation
actions.
To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for
Environmental Management Plan.
To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigation
measures.
Measure the effectiveness and success of proposed mitigation measures.
10.3 EMPStructure and Organization
This EMP is designed as an overriding document in a hierarchy of control plans, and
sets out the overarching framework of environmental management principles that will
be applied to the project during preconstruction, construction and operation phase of
the project.
The EMP contains guiding environmental principles and procedures for
communication, reporting, training, monitoring and plan review to which all staff,
contractors and subcontractors are required to comply with throughout the
preconstruction, construction and operation phases of the proposed projects.
Figure 10.1Typical HSE Department Organogram
EIA Report
239
The EMP should also be considered as an overall framework document that
establishes the terms of reference for all project environmental and social sub-plans
including the following:
Environmental Supervision Plan (construction);
Environmental Monitoring Plan (construction and operation); and
Social and Health Management Plan (construction and operation).
10.4 EMP ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
This section describes the organizational structure and responsibilities for
implementation of the EMP as shown below in Table 10-1.
Table 10-1Responsibility for EMP Implementation
S.No Organization Responsibility
1 M/s IOCL Overall responsibility for environmental performance
Decision-maker on applicable policies.
Overall supervisory role during the construction phase
Overall responsibility for EMP implementation during the
operating phase
Responsible for changes to the EMP as part of an
adaptive approach to environmental and social
management
2 M/s IOCL Develop an environmental unit, headed by the Project
Environmental Officer to implement EMP responsibilities.
Oversight, implementation, monitoring and compliance of
the EMP and any approval conditions, including
construction supervision and performance of all staff,
contractors and all subcontractors
Review of EMP performance and implementation of
correction action, or stop work procedures, in the event of
breaches of EMP conditions, that may lead to serious
impacts on local communities, or affect the reputation of
the project.
Ensuring effective communication and dissemination of
the content and requirements of the EMP to contractors
and subcontractors
Assisting the contractor with implementation of EMP sub-
plans
Ensuring compliance to all project social commitments,
including implementation of corporate social
EIA Report
240
responsibility.
Report environmental performance of the project directly
to MoEF&CC
Report on environmental performance also to other
government regulators as required.
3 Supervising
Engineer
Implementation of the Environmental Monitoring Plan
during construction and operation.
Supervision of contractor performance of implementation
of the Construction.
Reporting any incidents or non-compliance with the EMP
to the PCB.
Ensuring adequate training and education of all staff
involved in environmental supervision.
Making recommendations to the MoEF&CC regarding
EMP performance as part of an overall commitment to
continuous improvement.
4 Construction
Contractor
Preparation and implementation of the Construction
Management Plan
Prepare and maintain records and all required reporting
data as stipulated by the EMP, for submission to the
Supervising Engineer.
Ensure that all construction personnel and subcontractors
are informed of the intent of the EMP and are made
aware of the required measures for environmental and
social compliance and performance
During construction, maintain traffic safety along access
roads, with special emphasis on high trafficked areas
5 Independent
Environmental
Monitoring
Consultant
Report to MoEF&CC on project compliance with
environmental and social commitments in the EMP, EIA
and other applicable standards.
10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Environmental monitoring will be done during construction. The focus of monitoring
during the construction phase will be to implement systematic observations to
periodically measure the success of proposed mitigation measures and continue
baseline data collection. The majority of construction monitoring shall be done
visually and verified by the Construction Supervisor. Specific aspects to be
addressed during construction include:
EIA Report
241
Air quality
Noise
Water quality and water resources
Solid waste
Land environment
10.5.1 Air Quality
There will be major construction activities for the project, civil work like foundation for
new vessels and supporting infrastructure for the new machineries will be carried
out. During construction activities, dust emission and emissions from the movement
of vehicles and construction activity is expected. However, following measures will
be taken to reduce / contain such emissions.
Water will be sprinkled on inner roads to prevent re-suspension of dust into
ambient air due to movement of heavy vehicles etc.
Roads shall be kept free from mud, debris and other obstacles.
Separate civil construction material storage yard will be created within the site
and it will be enclosed.
Cement bags will be separately stored under cover in bales. Sand will be
stacked under tarpaulin cover.
Transport vehicles and construction equipment’s/ machineries will be properly
maintained to reduce air emissions.
All construction workers will be provided appropriate PPEs like dust mask, ear
plug, helmet, safety belt etc. and it will be mandatory for them to wear while
entering the site itself.
Increase signage and speed limit postings
10.5.2 Noise Environment
Following measures are proposed during construction period to mitigate adverse
impacts of noise:
Construction activities will be done on round the clock basis.
All machineries to be used for construction purpose will be of highest standard
of reputed make and compliance of noise pollution control norms by this
equipment’s will be emphasized.
EIA Report
242
All construction workers working in high noise areas will be provided
appropriate PPEs like ear muffs and made to wear them during working
hours.
10.5.3 Water Quality and Water Resources
Since the construction workers are hired from nearby villages there will be no
housing facility at the site for construction workers and hence lesser water
requirement
Proper and sufficient sanitary facility will be created at the site in the form of
Toilets & existing ETP will be used for treatment of sewage generated.
10.5.4 Solid Waste
Main solid waste generation during construction phase will be construction
debris like rubble, brick bats, debris, steel scrap, wooden scrap, sand, gravel
etc. However, these materials are inert in nature and will not result into
leaching of any substance or its constituent.
These materials will be carefully sorted and will be used within premises for
filling of low lying areas.
Wooden scrap, steel scrap will be given to authorized scrap dealers.
On completion of civil work, all debris etc. will be completely removed from
site to avoid any incompatibility with future use.
All the wastes will be stored at a designated site within the premises to
prevent scattered discharge on land.
10.5.5 Land Environment
Top soil layers shall be stored for reclamation and re-vegetation and
reforestation at approved locations.
Existing storm water drainage facility will be used for disposal of storm water.
10.5.6 Material Handling Storage and Transportation
Hazardous chemicals are stored in closed tanks and drums with appropriate
blanketing systems.
All transfers from drums / tanks are being done through pumps in closed
pipelines.
EIA Report
243
The loading of finished products to trucks and drums is done through
automated filling systems with overflow protections.
All key raw materials are charged to the reactors through closed pipeline
systems including pneumatic systems for solid handling.
Raw materials/ intermediates/ products are stored in closed tanks/drums
provided with breather arrangements to avoid fugitive emissions.
10.5.7 Ecology
Project site is an existing unit so there will be clearance of land envisaged for
proposed projects and adequate measures will be taken to maintain the greenbelt of
Acres for the proposed expansion.
10.5.8 Socio Economic
There will be temporary employment for manpower required during construction
phase available from local communities. Overall socioeconomic effect of construction
phase will be positive due to direct and indirect employment opportunity for the local
population.
10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATION PHASE
Monitoring during the operation phase shall reflect those environmental and socio-
economic issues that may persist upon completion of construction activities.
Monitoring shall focus on evaluating the effectiveness of project mitigation measures
and continue baseline monitoring and sampling. The mitigation measures to prevent
adverse impact during the operation phase of the project shall focus on the following:
Air quality
Noise environment
Solid and hazardous waste
Land environment
10.6.1 Air Quality Management
Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during the operation
phase of the project on the surrounding air environment. The existing Air pollution
control measures are given in Section 10.7.
EIA Report
244
Table 10-2 Air Pollution Control Measures
S. No
Source Existing (E) or Proposed (P)
Terminal Emission APC
measures Stack
Height (m)
1. CRU
(Naphtha Hydrotreater)
P CRU
SO2, NO2 & PM
SO2, NO2 & PM
Use of only fuel gas as
firing medium which has
significantly low Sulphur compared to fuel oil ii) Low NOX burners
have been incorporate in
design to limit
emissions.
42
2. CRU (Reformer)
P CRU 45
Fugitive Emission Control Measures
Monitoring of fugitive emissions from IOCL, GR complex with the help of VOC
(Volatile Organic Carbon), LDAR (Leak Detection and Repair) program is being
done monthly with the help of an external agency. Thus observed leaks are
identified and rectified. And the same will be continued after the proposed
expansion.
10.6.2 Noise Monitoring
Impacts of noise on workers are minimized through adoption of adequate protective
measures in the form of
a) Use of personal protective equipment (earplugs, earmuffs, noise helmets
etc.),
b) Education and public awareness, and
c) Exposure control through the rotation of work assignments in the intense
noise areas.
EIA Report
245
10.6.3 Water and waste water management
Existing
Approx. 212.30 KLPH of effluent is being generated in the existing facility of which
16.58 KLPH is discharged into Brahmaputra river and 43 KLPH Net Discharge to
storm water channel excluding evaporation & Ground Losses. Remaining 142.37
KLPH is being reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water makeup and
service water.
Proposed
Due to the proposed expansion Approx. 188.2 KLPH of effluent is generated in the
existing facility of which 4.2 KLPH is discharged into water reservoir pond.
Remaining 184 KLPH is reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water
makeup, Flushing and Green Belt.
10.6.3.1 Oil Spill Management
Hay filters are installed along both the open channels running through Guwahati
Refinery to prevent spilled oil from escaping out of the Refinery premises with the
open channel water. Also oil traps have been installed at strategic locations to arrest
oil spillage. Open Channel Drain layout enclosed as Annexure 13.Guwahati
Refinery also has a MOSRU to collect oil from spilled areas.
10.6.3.2 Rainwater harvesting and Ground water recharging
Rainwater harvesting is an important component of wise resource use and
environmental management. The total amount/ quantity of water i.e., received in the
form of rainfall over an area is called the rain water endowment of that area, out of
which the amount of water that can be effectively harvested is called the rain water
harvesting potential. The collection efficiency accounts for the fact that all the rain
water falling over an area cannot be effectively harvested due to losses on account
of evaporation, spillage or run off etc.,
EIA Report
246
Rainwater Harvesting shall be implemented to conserve rainwater. Roof top area,
greenbelt/ green area, road/paved area and open areas proposed are considered for
collecting the rainwater which can be harvested. The approximate quantities of
rainwater that can be harvested are summarized below
The equation used for run off estimation is based on CPCB guidelines on ‘Concepts
and Practices for Rain Water Harvesting’- Oct 2001.The calculations are based on
the following:
Average annual rainfall is 1977 mm based on 1970-2000 IMD data
Average No of rainy days are 91.3
Run of co-efficient are considered as given by CPCB guidelines
Table 10-3 Catchment area details
Location of RWH systems / structures /
pits
Total Catchment area connected to Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) System (sq. mtr.)
% Catchment Area covered by existing
RWH system(s)
Roof-top Total
Administrative Building 1748 1748 4925.864
KV, Noonmati 178 178 501.604
Jubilee Hall 950 950 2677.10
Staff Institute, Sec III 400 400 1127.20
Sonali Bhawan 764 764 2152.952
Staff Institute, Sec I 608 608 1713.344
CD Hall Area 1551 1551 4370.718
Training Centre Building Area
1478 1478 4165.004
Total 7677 7677 21633.79
Source: IOC-GR
EIA Report
247
Total number of pits – 8
Open Channel Drain layout inside the refinery enclosed as Annexure13
10.7 Cumulative EMP
Inorder to have efficient Environmental Management Plan, IOCL Guwahati Refinery
has done Low Sulphur Crude processing and Low NOX burners are installed.
For Crude Distillation Unit, the EMP done are Low Sulphur Crude processing, usage
of Low NOX burners, equipments designed for noise level, Flare gas recovery
system, HC detectors, installation of O2 analyzers in the furnace stack for
combustion control.
For Delayed Coking Unit, the EMP done are Low Sulphur feed processing, usage of
Low NOX burners, installation of O2 analyzers in the furnace stack for combustion
control, HC detectors. The equipments designed for noise level within permissible
limit. Combustion management (Burner Management System) is used in furnaces by
adjusting air to optimum level for reducing emission.
Hydro treater unit aims to produce environment friendly fuel quality of Diesel less
than 50ppm and further to less than 8ppm after BSVI specs. The EMP for the unit
are usage of low NOX burners, HC detectors, installation of O2 analyzers in the
furnace stack for combustion control, spent catalysts are disposed by e-auction
through M/s MSTC, a Govt. of India Undertaking to authorized agencies, fuel gas are
alone fired in the furnace. Hence the emission is very low, H2S rich gas generated in
the unit is routed to Amine Treatment unit to recover H2S and processed in Sulphur
Removal Unit, Facilities for On-line Stack Monitoring for PM, CO, SOx& NOx with
connectivity to CPCB/PCBA Emissions are monitored regularly by MoEF&CC
recognized third party, Combustion management (Burner Management System) in
furnaces by adjusting air to optimum level to reduce emission
Motor Spirit Quality Upgradation Unit aims to produce environment friendly fuel
quality of Motor Spirit less than 0.5ppm. Only fuel gas is fired in the furnace. Hence
the emission is very low. The EMP for the unit are usage of low NOX burners, HC
detectors, installation of O2 analyzers in the furnace stack for combustion control,
spent catalysts are disposed by e-auction through M/s MSTC, a Govt. of India
Undertaking to authorized agencies, fuel gas are alone fired in the furnace. Hence
EIA Report
248
the emission is very low, H2S rich gas generated in the unit is routed to Amine
Treatment unit to recover H2S and processed in Sulphur Removal Unit, Facilities for
On-line Stack Monitoring for PM, CO, SOx & NOx with connectivity to CPCB/PCBA
Emissions are monitored regularly by MoEF&CC recognized third party, Combustion
management (Burner INDAdeptg aims to produce environment friendly fuel quality of
Motor Spirit less than 10ppm. Caustic scrubbing unit is present to maintain the SO2
level within permissible limit. HC detectors are available.
For INDMAX unit the EMP used are HC detectors, Boot water is routed to Sour
Water Stripper unit, H2S rich gas is routed to Amine Treating Unit, Spent catalysts
are disposed by e-auction through M/s MSTC, a Govt. of India Undertaking to
authorized agencies, Cyclone separator present inside the regenerator for removal
of catalyst from flue gas.
The Hydrogen unit uses low NOX burners, HC detectors, spent catalysts are
disposed by e-auction through M/s MSTC, a Govt. of India Undertaking to authorized
agencies, facilities for On-line Stack Monitoring for PM, CO, SOx & NOx with
connectivity to CPCB/PCBA Emissions are monitored regularly by MoEF&CC
recognized third party.
Sulfur Recovery Unit has been designed to recover sulfur from the acid gas streams
to reduce air pollution. The proposed EMP is attached as Table 10-2.
10.8 Pollution Control at 100% Efficiency
All emission control equipments are running as per design. Emission control is
taken care at design stage itself. Facilities on-line Stack Monitoring of PM, CO,
SOX& NOX with connectivity to CPCB/ PCBA.
10.9 Occupational Health and Safety
The workers are provided with proper health and safety measures. Personal
protection equipment’s are given to the employers and made sure they wear it during
the work. Regular health camps are conducted for all the workers alike. The Health &
Safety department makes sure all the workers are not exposed to any kind of toxicity
and is within the prescribed limit. Copy of EHS policy enclosed as Figure 10-3
EIA Report
249
&Annexure 17; Organogram for OHC is given in Figure 10.2. A full-fledged
Occupational Health Center is situated next to Guwahati Refinery Hospital.
OHC is manned by –
Four doctors on rotation basis
One OH Nurse
One Industrial Hygienist
One Attendant
The facilities and equipments available in OHC are Multigas Gas Detector, Drager
pump, Noise Level Meter, Spiro meter, Audiometer, Vision tester, ECG Machine,
Sphygmomanometer, Stethoscope, Thermometer, Height & Weight measuring
equipment.
IOCL Guwahati Refinery conducts Pre-employment medical checkup during
induction. Occupational Heal Center conducts Periodic Medical Checkup for all
employees above the age of 40 years as well as employees working in hazardous
areas and exposed to various toxic gases or substances like NH3, H2S, SO2, CO, HC
and employees working in high noise areas every 6 months. Periodic Health
Checkup is also done for the employees engaged in dangerous operations, drivers
and canteen food handlers every 6 months.
Work environment monitoring of employees exposure to hazards at workplace –
Chlorine, Ammonia, Hydrogen Sulphide, Sulphur Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide &
Hydrocarbon is carried out monthly in 11 locations / units as per schedule and
whenever required.
Work zone noise level monitoring exposure measurements is carried out on quarterly
basis in 38 locations in 10 units in TPS, CDU, DCU, NITROGEN UNIT, INDMAX,
SRU, HDT, HGU, MSQU AND ETP as per schedule and whenever required. Hearing
conservation programme is undertaken for employees working in high noise areas.
This includes Work zone Noise monitoring Personal, Noise Monitoring Audiometric
test, Counseling.
OHC organises various Health promotional and awareness programme like
Diabetes, Hypertension, Nutrition, Cancer, Alcohol abuse, HIV/AIDS, Tobacco
Abuse
In addition to that OHC organizes School Health Program which includes Personal
Hygiene, HIV/AIDS, Tobacco & its associated diseases.
EIA Report
250
IOCL Guwahati Refinery Conducts Occupational Health & Hygiene Survey,
Inspection & replenishment of First Aid Boxes, periodical health check-up camps in
GR Hospital as well as outside for contract labors, drivers, CISF and the residents of
neighboring areas. The main objectives are
1. Maintenance and promotion of workers’ health and working capacity.
2. Improvement of working environment by following well-being program for its
employees.
3. Monitor the workplace to maintain industrial hygiene practices.
4. Development of work culture in a direction which will support health and safety at
work and thereby promoting positive social climate for smooth operation that will
enhance productivity.
5. Area monitoring.
6. Employees to undergo annual health check-up.
7. All personnel will be provided with personal protective equipment’s individually as
required.
Construction Phase
During the construction phase the following measures will be employed;
1. Personal Protective equipment’s will be provided to the workers.
2. Occupational Health Centre will be facilitated to address the emergencies that
may arise.
3. Personnel will be trained about firefighting systems and first aid practices.
4. Regular monitoring of occupational health of employees.
Operational phase
General functions of the safety committee will be;
1. Conduct routine workplace inspections.
2. Provide Personal Protective Equipment.
3. Develop and implement safe work procedures and rules.
4. Provide on-going safety training & Enforce safety rules and appropriate discipline.
5. Promote safety awareness and reduce the potential for injury/loss.
6. Identify workplace hazards.
7. Enforce of safety rules, measure safety performance & reduce frequency/severity
of injuries.
EIA Report
251
10.9.1 First aid Boxes
A first aid kit is a collection of supplies and equipment for use in giving first aid. First
Aid boxes will be kept available in Security Room, Admin Block and at OHC. First
Aid items will be issued to injure only by authorized persons.
Following are the contents of First Aid Box,
a. Dettol – Antiseptic solution
b. Ciplox – Eye Drops
c. Soframycin – Skin ointment
d. Silverex – Burn ointment
e. Betadine – Microbicidal solution
f. Iodex – Pain reliever
g. Sterilized Cotton Wool
h. Surgical Paper Tape
i. Small Sterilized Dressings
j. Medium Sterilized Dressings
k. Roller Bandage – 5 cm wide
l. Roller Bandage – 10cm wide
m. Band Aid
n. Crocin / Paracetamol Tablet
Along with the above safety systems, company also ensured the below safety
features to ensure Zero Accident.
1. No ignitable zones are declared and marked so.
2. Work permit system with strict compliance.
3. Dedicated chemical storage area with good ventilation and exhaust system and
all chemical are stored as per compatibility.
4. Dyke walls provided for the day storage chemical tanks.
5. All reactors provided with safety valves followed by rupture discs and relief valve
outlets are extended.
6. Calibration is ensured for the gauges of pressure, temperature and vacuum.
7. All reactors will be hydro tested and certified by the competent person once in a
year.
EIA Report
252
8. Body earthing provided to all equipment’s involved in the process, electrical
earthing, static earthing and instrument earthing provided wherever required.
9. Ventilation air units (VAUs) and Exhaust air units (EAUs) and are provided to
ensure good ventilation in the work environment. The tentative Emergency
Organization Chart will be prepared and followed.
Figure 10.2 Organogram for OHC
10.9.2 Eye Wash Fountain and Safety Shower
The facility will be provided with sufficient number of Eye wash fountain / Safety
showers at appropriate locations.
10.9.3 Work Zone Monitoring Equipment’s
The unit will have multi gas / toxic gas and oxygen detectors in that multi gas
detector can be used to check oxygen, LEL, VOC, CO and H2S concentration in
atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks,
underground tanks, sump etc., and oxygen detector can be used for checking
oxygen concentration in atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the
reactor, overhead tanks, sump etc.
EIA Report
253
The unit has Hydro Carbon Sensors (HCS) installed in all critical areas and these will
provide the alarm once the set level is crossed. Monitored reports of 2018-19
enclosed as Annexure 17
10.9.4 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator
Wind sacks are placed above the Administration Block buildings.
10.9.5 Existing Safety System
Table 10-4 Existing Safety Equipments
S. No Equipment Quantity
1 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 30
2 Airline Breathing Apparatus 3
3 Fire Proximity Suit 2
4 PVC Suit 20
5 PVC Apron 5
6 Safety Harness 50
7 Face Shield 10
8 Water Jel Blanket 35
9 Safety Net 40
10 Multigas Meter 10
11 High Beam Torch 4
12 Lifting Air Bags 4
13 Vertical Rescue Tripod & Stretcher 1
14 Leak Sealing Pad 2
15 Leak Sealing Kit 1
16 Vacuum Sealing Pad 1
17 Rescue Set – Hydraulic Cutter, Spreader and Drill 2
18 Hydraulic Platform 32 Meter Height –Bronto Make 1
10.9.6 Fire Extinguisher
Suitability of fire extinguisher depending on the combustible material, fires has been
classified into four types. Suitability of extinguishing media for different fires is
provided in the following Table 10-5.
Table 10-5 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires
S.
No Class of fire
Suitable Fire
Extinguisher
1. Class A: Organic Material i.e. wood, papers, rubber &
plastics.
DCP, Mechanical
Foam
2. Class B: Flammable Liquid and Flammable Gases i.e.,
Petroleum Products, Paints, Chemicals etc.
Mechanical Foam,
CO2 and DCP
3. Class C: Electrical DCP and CO2
EIA Report
254
S.
No Class of fire
Suitable Fire
Extinguisher
4. Class D: Flammable Metals I.e. Lithium, Sodium, and
Potassium etc. Special DCP, Sand
The company will have trained personnel for firefighting and intends to improve the
firefighting skills of employee by conducting frequent training on Firefighting.
10.9.7 Emergency Equipments and PPEs
The unit will have total 2 numbers of Emergency cupboards, in that one at
Production Block and another at Utility Area.
Each Emergency Cupboard will have the following items;
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)
Air suits / Air Line Respirators
Nose Mask
PVC / Acid Suit
Helmet- Provided to individuals
Ear Plug
Safety Glass- 10 & Face Shield- to individuals
Gum boot- to individuals
Safety Belt- in safety dept.
Manila Rope / Life Safety Rope
Fire Axe
Fire Proximity Suit
Fire Gel Blankets / Water Gel Blanket
Resuscitator
Spill Kit
Safety Ladder
Emergency Flameproof Torches
Hand gloves
EIA Report
255
10.9.8 Operation of SCBA (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus)
Procedure for wearing Equipment
Extend shoulder straps and waist belt. Put on the
equipment.
Fasten the buckle and then pull the ends of waist belt away
from buckle until secure and comfortable on the hip. Tuck
ends in belt loops.
Pull down the shoulder straps until the equipment is secure
and comfortable. Tuck strap ends under waist belt.
Extend face piece head harness straps, leaving center
straps in position. Put neck strap over neck
Before opening the cylinder valve press reset button.
Open the cylinder valve fully to pressurize the system and
check the pressure gauge & Carry out pressure leak test
Procedure for wearing Face piece
Fit harness overhead. Pull it back until the head strap fits
smoothly
Adjust mask until it fits properly
Tighten the neck straps and temple straps evenly and
tighten the front strap as necessary.
Breathe normally through vent system. During venting
observe the gauge-waist alarm. The alarm should blow at
cylinder pressure of 55 bar ± 5 bar.
SCBA - Face piece
Remove the equipment in a safe and hazard free area.
Unbuckle the waist belt, lift shoulder strap buckles to loosen
and remove the equipment.
Close the cylinder valve and keep in the box, Cylinder valve
should be in upward direction
After using the equipment, inform to safety department for
EIA Report
256
inspection/checking.
Resuscitator
A resuscitator is a device which forces oxygen into lungs of
unconscious person in order to keep him/her oxygenated and alive
Operating procedure
Clear throat
Tilt head back
Squeeze ball
Watch the chest which should rise and fall rhythmically
If the chest does not rise and fall, there may be a blockage
in the victim’s throat. The tongue has occluded the air way.
There may be excessive leakage around the mask. Hold the
mask tighter on the face and squeeze little faster.
Clear any mucus from the throat every 3-4 minutes.
Continue resuscitation until the victim breathes on his/her
own.
Fire Axe
A fire axe is a type of axe which has been designed specifically for
the use of fire-fighters, and it includes several features which
makes it ideally suitable to mitigate emergency services.
Helmet
A helmet with face shield is a form of protective gear worn on head
to protect head and face from hazards such as flying objects and
chemical splashes or potentially infectious fluid.
EIA Report
257
Fire Suit
Fire suit is a protective clothing designed to protect a firefighter
from high temperatures, especially near fires of extreme
temperature
Manila rope
Manila rope is very durable, salt water and damage resistant,
flexible fiber which shall be used to access at height/Confined
space during emergency
Smoke escape mask
Smoke masks assist people in safe egress from fire emergencies.
It will provide respiratory protection from particulate matter, carbon
monoxide, and other toxic gases commonly produced by structural
fires.
Canvas Stretcher
A stretcher is a medical device used to carry injured or an
incapacitated person from one place to another during emergency.
Compressed Air Pack
An emergency air supply which will provide a sufficient quantity of
air to allow a worker to exit oxygen depleted or contaminated area.
Powered Air purifying respirator
Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR) is a device equipped with
a face piece, hood or helmet, breathing tube, canister, cartridge,
filter, canister with filter or cartridge with filter and a powered
blower.
PAPR utilizes a powered mechanism to move ambient air through
an air-purifying element(s) to remove contaminants from the
ambient air.
EIA Report
258
Safety torch
Compact and simple to use, this torch is designed for use in
emergency situations or wherever the need arises for a handheld
safety torch.
10.9.9 Occupational Health Monitoring
Medical Surveillance Program: Medical surveillance program is essential to assess
and monitor employees' health and fitness both prior to employment and during the
course of work; to determine fitness for duty and to provide emergency and other
treatment as needed. Effectiveness of a medical program depends on active
involvement of employees. M/s IOCL medical surveillance program will include the
following major elements;
1. Developing an OH-IH Medical Surveillance Program.
2. Pre-Employment Examination and Periodic Medical Examinations
3. Determination of Fitness for Duty.
4. Communications.
5. Emergency Medical Treatment.
6. Medical Records.
Pre-Employment Screening / Examinations - All employees will be subjected
to pre-placement medical examinations to determine their fitness for the jobs on
site. Potential exposures to the work environment will be considered before
placing an employee on the job.
Periodic Medical Examinations - Periodic medical examination is the same as
the pre-employment screening and may be modified according to current
conditions, such as changes in the employee's symptoms, site hazards or
exposures. Comparison of sequential medical reports with baseline data is
essential to determine biologic trends that may mark early signs of adverse
health effects, and thereby facilitate appropriate protective measures. The
frequency and content of examinations are normally one year. Apart from this for
workers working in Hazardous area, medical examination is conducted by Doctor
Authorized by Factory Inspectorate.
EIA Report
259
10.10 Environmental Management Cell
A separate environment management cell, HSE department consisting of qualified
engineers is in place which monitors all aspects of environmental impacts being
caused due to process units at IOCL, Guwahati Refinery.
10.11 Corporate Environmental Policy
The safety policy of GR is given in Figure 10.3.
EIA Report
260
Figure 10.3 EHS policy
EIA Report
261
10.12 Budgetary Provision for Environmental Management Plan
Total Capital cost for environmental pollution control measures is estimated to be
INR ~216 Lakhs.
Table 10-6 Environmental Management Plan Budget
S. No. Description Cost, in Rs. (Lakhs)
Capital Recurring
1. ETP -- 44.5
2. Stack Monitoring and Ambient monitoring etc. -- 27.5
3. Green Belt Development 9 1
4. Plant Maintenance and operations -- 28
5. Bioremediation of Oily Sludge -- 106
Total 9 207
10.13 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
CSR activities shall be carried out as per corporation’s CSR policy. Existing activities
and spending for the Period 2015-2018 enclosed as Annexure 14.
10.13.1 Plantation Activities
1. For development of Greenbelt GR had signed a MoU with NHAI to plant 5000
Trees along with NH 31 over a stretch of 6 km. Out of these 1800 Trees
wereplanted in FY 2017-2018.
2. As a part of World Environment Day, 2017 celebration, 40 trees were planted
at city based Geeta Nagar High School involving the students with unique
concept of ‘sapling ownership’.
3. 1000 Trees have been planted at the premises of Assam Engineering College,
Jalukbari in collaboration with AEC
4. 50 Trees were planted at Seuj Nagar Public area as a part of World
Environment Day, 2018.
10.14 Corporate Environmental Responsibility(CER)
As per office memorandum by MoEF released vide F.No.22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st
may 2018, A total fund of Rs 3.05 Cr has been allotted for implementation of CER
activities of CRU and CDU expansion project of IOCL, Guwahati Refinery. As per
corporate guidelines for Implementation of CER projects a committee has been
constituted with three members to finalize the CER projects in consultation with
EIA Report
262
stakeholders & regulatory /district authority. The CER projects shall be undertaken
preferably within 2 years of project completion. Implementation schedule for CRU
project is as follows:-
(1Mechanical completion: 27 months from investment approval
(2)Commissioning: within 2 months after Mechanical Completion.
Approval for investment proposal is in progress.
EIA Report
263
CHAPTER 11
SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
EIA Report
264
11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
Guwahati Refinery (GR) is the country’s first Public Sector Refinery as well as Indian Oil’s
first Refinery serving the Nation since 1962. Built with Rumanian assistance, the initial crude
processing capacity at the time of commissioning of this Refinery was 0.75 MMTPA and the
Refinery was designed to process a mix of Oil and ONGC crude.
The refining capacity was subsequently enhanced to 1.0 MMTPA with Hydrotreater, ISOM
(MSQ) unit and INDadeptG (demonstration of indigenous technology) units, Refinery is
currently able to produce and supply eco-friendly auto fuels of BS-IV grade. The Refinery
produces various products and supplies them to North Eastern India as well as beyond, up
to Siliguri end through the Guwahati-Siliguri Pipeline, spanning 435 KM, which was the first
Pipeline of Indian Oil and commissioned in 1964. Most of the products of Guwahati Refinery
are evacuated through pipeline and some quantity also through road transportation.
Guwahati refinery owned a land of 490 Acres.The existing refinery obtained latest EC on
22nd Jan 2015 from MoEF videfile no: J-11011/71/2012-IA-II(I). The refinery is currently
under operation with PCB consent to operate obtained videPCB/CTO/KM/000939/02/2020,
valid up to 31stDecember 2021&PESO license obtained vide P/HQ/AS/15/845(P221799),
Valid up to 31/12/2020.
Guwahati Refinery (GR) proposes to install a New Semi Regenerative Type Catalytic
Reforming Unit (CRU) unit with 90 KTPA design capacity. Proposed CRU consists of
subsections viz. Naphtha Hydro Treating, Fixed Bed Platforming and Benzene Saturation
Section (BENSAT).
The proposed Semi Regenerative TypeCatalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)project is considered
under Schedule 4 (a) - “Petroleum Refining Industry” Category A, since all the projects under
this schedule falls under “A” category. It is mandatory for the project proponent to get the
Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC.
11.1 Land Requirement
Detailed Land breakup is summarized in Table 11-1.
Table 11-1 Land breakup
S. No
Site Name Acres %
Existing Proposed Total
1 Plant Area 209 -- --
1(a) Plant Built up area 138 1.23 139.23 28.41
EIA Report
265
S. No
Site Name Acres %
Existing Proposed Total
1(b) Green belt within Industry
41 0 41 8.37
1(c) Miscellaneous 30 -1.23 28.77 5.87
2 Residential area
281 0 281 (Sector 1, 2 & 3)
2(a) Built up Area 154.55 0 154.55 31.54
2(b) Residential Area Green Belt
126.45 0 126.45 25.81
Total (1 + 2) 490 0 490
Green Belt 1(b)+2(b) 167.45 0 167.45 34.17
Note: Due to space constraint 33% green belt cannot be expanded inside the
refinery. However, the plantation is taken up in and around the refinery and township
areas. Plantation activities are being submitted to RO MOEF through Six monthly
post EC compliance reports and being certified. (Copies enclosed as Annexure 5)
11.2 Water Requirement
Details of Existing and proposed water requirements and quantity of effluent
generated are summarized below
Existing
Total water requirement of the existing facility is 551.3 KLPH of which fresh water
requirement is 398.93 KLPH.
Proposed
Total water requirement of the proposed is 346 KLPH of which fresh water
requirement is 162KLPH
11.2.1 Wastewater Generation
Existing
Approx. 212.30 KLPH of effluent is being generated in the existing facility of which
16.58 KLPH is discharged into Brahmaputra river and 43 KLPH Net Discharge to
storm water channel excluding evaporation & Ground Losses. Remaining 142.37
KLPH is being reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water makeup and
service water.
EIA Report
266
Proposed
Due to the proposed expansion Approx. 188.2 KLPH of effluent is generated in the
existing facility of which 4.2 KLPH is discharged into water reservoir pond.
Remaining 184 KLPH is reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water
makeup, Flushing and Green Belt.
11.3 Power & Fuel Requirement
The details of Fuel requirement & Power Details given in Table 11-2.
Table 11-2 Fuel requirement & Power Details
Details Capacity
Source Existing Proposed Total
Power Requirement(MW/Hr) ~18 -0.725 17.275 CPP
Fuel Oil (KLPH) 10.5 0.66 11.16 CFO/RFO blend, brought from Digboi ref.
Fuel Gas (KLPH) 3.65 0.5 4.15 Unit off gas
11.4 Manpower
During construction phase approximately 300 people are required on temporary basis based
on various skills. The Total Man power requirement of the project in operation phase (shift
wise) is given in Table 11-4.
Table 11-3Construction Phase
S. No Description Manpower
1 Contract 300
2 Permanent 0
3 Total 300
Table 11-4Operation Phase
S. No
Shift wise requirement Manpower
Existing Proposed Total
1 A shift 106 6 112
2 B shift 110 5 115
3 C shift 92 5 97
4 General (48 hrs) 104 0 104
5 General (36 hrs) 324 0 324
6 CISF 290 0 290
7 Technicians 495 0 495
8 Helper 17 0 17
Total 1538 16 1554
EIA Report
267
11.5 Solid Waste
During Construction Phase
During construction phase ~0.2 TPD of municipal solid waste is envisaged.
Anticipated construction and demolition waste is 1.5 TPD which will be disposed by
the Contractor as per Construction and Demolition Waste Rules 2016.
During Operation Phase
During Operation Phase Total of 97.2 Kg/day of solid waste is generated of which
40.3 kg/Day of organic waste is composted and remaining Inorganic waste will be
disposed through authorized PCB vendors
Table 11-5 Organic & Inorganic Solid Waste Details
S. No
List of Items
Quantity (Kg/day) Total (kg/Day)
Remarks
Existing Proposed
1 Organic waste
36 4.3 40.3 Composted and used as Manure for Green Belt
2 Inorganic waste
54 2.9 56.9 Disposed through Authorized vendors
Total 90 7.2 97.2
As per CPCB 0.45 kg/ capita/ day
11.6 Hazardous waste Management
Table 11-6 Hazardous Waste Details
S. No List of Items Waste
Category
Quantity (Ton) Remarks
Existing Proposed
1 Spent Catalyst
4.2 69.43 0.99
Proposed Catalyst: Nickel
based Bimetallic
Composition:
Ni, Mo and Sulfur
Frequency: 3 Yrs
Disposal Method:
Authorized vendors for Land Fill
2
Net Gas Chloride treating Adsorbent (CRU Unit)
-- 0.788
Composition: Activated Alumina Frequency: Once in every six months Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for
EIA Report
268
S. No List of Items Waste
Category
Quantity (Ton) Remarks
Existing Proposed
Land Fill
3
Makeup Gas Sulfur Guard Bed (BENSAT Unit)
-- 0.176
Composition: Copper Oxide, Aluminum Oxide, Sodium Oxide Frequency: 1 Yr Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for Land Fill
4
Liquid Feed Sulfur Guard Bed (BENSAT Unit)
-- 0.224
Composition: Copper Oxide, Aluminum Oxide, Sodium Oxide Frequency: 1 Yr Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for Land Fill
5 Spent Catalyst (BENSAT Unit)
-- 0.192
Composition: Aluminum Oxide, Platinum Frequency: 8 Yrs Disposal Method: Metal Recovery
6. Oily Sludge 4.1 1754
Frequency: Once in every six months Disposal Method: Authorized vendors for disposal
7. Pollution Control Facilities (Residual Cake)
1217
Disposal Method:
Authorized vendors for Land Fill
Hazardous waste from proposed CRU Unit
Table 11-7 Hazardous waste from proposed CRU Unit
UOM Amount Unit Frequency Waste Management
Spent Catalyst Kg 1390 NHT Once in every 3 years
Spent catalyst / guard bed are stored in sealed drum for auction for metal recovery /landfill. Spent catalyst/ bed material is processed at vendor set up.
Sulfur Guard Bed Kg 202.2 BENSAT 6 months
Spent Catalyst Kg 190 BENSAT 10 years
Net Gas Chloride Guard Bed
Kg 350 Platforming 6 months
LPG Chloride Guard Bed
Kg 260 Platforming 1 year
Spent Catalyst from Reactors
Kg 9627 Platforming Once in 2 years
EIA Report
269
Project cost
The estimated cost of the proposed unit is INR 296 Crores
11.7 Baseline Study
11.7.1 Ambient Air Quality
The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters as per
NAAQS, 2009 and 4 more parameters such as Vanadium, VOC, HC (Methane &
Non-Methane) within the study area. The average baseline levels of PM10(47.3 –
61.4µg/m³), PM2.5(24.9-30.5µg/m³), SO2(8.9-10.9µg/m³), NOx(20.4 – 28.3/m³),
CO(0.41-0.67mg/m3) and some are BDL, all the parameters are well within the
prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and
Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period.
11.7.2 Noise Environment
It is observed that the day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all
locations are within prescribed CPCB standards.
In industrial area day time noise levels was about 67.1 dB(A) and 59.3 dB(A)
during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (75 dB(A) Day
time & 70 dB(A) Night time).
In residential area day time noise levels varied from 53.9 dB(A) to 59.2dB(A)
and night time noise levels varied from 44.1 dB(A) to 48.7dB(A) across the
sampling stations. The field observations during the study period indicate that
the ambient noise levels in most of the Residential areas are exceeds the limit
prescribed by MoEF&CC (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time).
11.7.3 Water Environment
11.7.3.1 Surface water quality
A summary of analytical results for surface water sample collect at 8 different
locations are presented below:
pH in the collected surface water samples varies between 6.85-7.51.
EIA Report
270
The Total Dissolved Solids range from 91 mg/l to 110 mg/l, highest being in
sample from Baman lake while lowest in Silguri Nadi. All of the TDS values
are within the water quality standards of IS: 2296:1992.
The chloride content in the surface water for study area ranges from 2.9 mg/l
to 5.94 mg/l highest from location Silsako Lake.
The sulphate content in the surface water of the study area varies between
22.6 mg/l – 30.1 mg/l.
The Total hardness ranges between 52 mg/l – 67 mg/l, highest from
Bamanlake and lowest from Silguri Nadi.
BOD of the samples varied from 1-2 mg/l and COD values ranges from 7-
32mg/l.
The concentration of heavy metals like As, Cd, Cr, Pb, Mn, Hg, Ni and Se at
locations are within the limits of IS 2296:1992.
11.7.3.2 Ground Water Quality
A summary of analytical results for ground water sample collect at 8 different
locations are presented below:
In the study area, Na and K concentration in the ground water range from 7to
31 mg/l and 1 to 2 mg/l respectively.
The acceptable limit for Mg is 30 mg/l and the permissible limit is 100 mg/l.
The concentration of Mg ion found in groundwater samples of the study area
ranges from 5.34 – 29.16 mg/l. All the values are well within the acceptable
limits of IS 10500:2012 drinking water standards.
The acceptable and permissible limit of Fluoride is 1mg/l and 1.5mg/l
respectively. The concentrations of fluoride in all the ground water samples
are within the acceptable limit.
The average pH ranges from 6.58-7.21.
In the present findings the TDS value varied from 104 mg/l to 388 mg/l for the
ground water and all the samples are within the acceptable limits of IS 10500:
2012.The acceptable and permissible limit of TDS for drinking water is 500
mg/l and 2000 mg/l.
EIA Report
271
The chloride concentration ranged from 13.86mg/L to 64.33mg/L and all are
below the IS acceptable limit. The acceptable limit of the chloride content is
250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l.
The acceptable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is
400mg/l. the sulphate content of the ground water of the study area is varied
between 10.6 mg/l – 79.27 mg/l meeting the acceptable limit of the IS 10500:
2012.
The Total hardness ranges is between 55 mg/l – 230 mg/l. In ground water
sample collected at Bhulkachu total Hardness exceeds the acceptable limit of
the IS 10500: 2012.
The Total alkalinity as calcium carbonate, Magnesium and Chloride are well
within the permissible limits.
11.7.4 Soil Environment
A summary of analytical results for soil sample collect at 8 different locations are
presented below:
The pH of the soil samples ranged from 6.28-7.24.
Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 196 – 384 µS/cm. As the EC
value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature.
The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 19.24-26.58 (%).
Nitrogen content ranged from 98.54-212.26 mg/kg, Phosphorous ranged from
38.24 mg/kg to 99.62 mg/kg, Potassium content ranges from 97 mg/kg to 184
mg/kg.
11.7.5 Biological Environment
Guwahati is situated in district of Kamrup which has 1432 sq. km of forest area,
which comprising of
69 sq.km of very dense forest,
609 sq.km of moderately dense forest &
754 sq. km of open forest.
The forest in this region comprises of Tropical Moist Deciduous type forests. This
forest is further divided into Sal forest and mixed deciduous forest. In these forests,
Sal grows in association with Ajar (Lager stoemia species), Ghugra (Schima
EIA Report
272
wallichii), Paruli (Stereo spermum prsonatum), Haldu (Adina cordifolia), Sam
(Artocarpus sp.), Bor (Ficus sp.), Uraim (Bischofia javanica), Gomari (Gmelina
arborea), Teeta champa (Michelia champa), Poma (Toona ciliata). Efforts were
focused on intensive studies of the ecological habitat, vegetation composition and
the presence of faunal groups specifically around the areas where impact may occur,
both during the constructional as well as the operational phase. Detailed list of
species available in the study region are covered in Chapter 3, section 3.11 of EIA
report
11.8 Anticipated Environmental Impacts
11.8.1 Water Environment
No water will be extracted from ground water sources. The source of water will be
from Brahmaputra River. The total raw water requirement for existing facility is 551.3
KLPH and for proposed operation phase total requirement will be 346 KLPH.
Wastewater will be segregated into Domestic and Industrial effluent. Domestic
effluent and Industrial effluent will be treated in existing combined ETP.
The design capacity of the effluent treatment plant is as follows
Wet Weather flow (WWF) = 550 KLPH
Dry Weather Flow (DWF) = 365 KLPH
11.8.2 Air Environment
It was observed that the maximum incremental concentration observed due to
proposed expansion for PM SO2 and NOx are 0.911 µg/m3, 15.698 µg/m3 and 6.473
µg/m3. So it can be concluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact
envisaged is minimum as given in Table 11-8
Table 11-8 Concentration levels of the Pollutant
Pollutant Max Base Line Conc.
(µg/m3)
predicted Conc. at source (µg/m3)
Total Conc.
(µg/m3)
NAAQ standard
% Increment in Concentration
Levels
PM10 72.9 0.911 73.811 100 1.25
SO2 13 15.698 28.698 80 120.75
NOx 33.6 6.473 40.073 80 19.26
EIA Report
273
11.8.3 Noise Environment
The noise generated during the operational phase can be divided into two categories
A) Stationary source due to heavy duty machineries at the project site such as
compressors, DG sets, pumps etc.
B) Mobile source corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,
materials, material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.
11.8.4 Pollution Control Measures
The mitigation measures to prevent adverse impact during the operation phase of
the project shall focus on the following:
Air quality
Noise environment
Solid and hazardous waste
Land environment
11.9 Air Quality Management
Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during the operation
phase of the project on the surrounding air environment.
Table 11-9Air Pollution Control Measures
S. No
Source
Existing (E) or
Proposed (P)
Terminal Emission APC
measures Stack
Height (m)
1. CRU
(Naphtha Hydrotreater)
P CRU
SO2, NO2 & PM
SO2, NO2 & PM
Use of only fuel gas as
firing medium which has
significantly low Sulphur compared to fuel oil ii) Low NOX burners
have been incorporate in
design to limit
emissions.
42
2. CRU (Reformer)
P CRU 45
EIA Report
274
11.9.1 Fugitive Emission Control Measures
Monitoring of fugitive emissions from IOCL, GR complex with the help of VOC
(Volatile Organic Carbon), LDAR (Leak Detection and Repair) program is being
done monthly with the help of an external agency. Thus observed leaks are
identified and rectified. And the same will be continued after the proposed
expansion.
11.10 Noise Monitoring
Impacts of noise on workers are minimized through adoption of adequate protective
measures in the form of
d) Use of personal protective equipment (earplugs, earmuffs, noise helmets
etc.),
e) Education and public awareness, and
f) Exposure control through the rotation of work assignments in the intense
noise areas.
11.11 Water and wastewater management
Details of Existing and proposed water requirements and quantity of effluent
generated are summarized below
Existing
Approx. 212.30 KLPH of effluent is being generated in the existing facility of which
16.58 KLPH is discharged into Brahmaputra river and 43 KLPH Net Discharge to
storm water channel excluding evaporation & Ground Losses. Remaining 142.37
KLPH is being reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water makeup and
service water.
Proposed
Due to the proposed expansion Approx. 188.2 KLPH of effluent is generated in the
existing facility of which 4.2 KLPH is discharged into water reservoir pond.
Remaining 184 KLPH is reused back in the system for cooling tower, Fire water
makeup, Flushing and Green Belt.
EIA Report
275
CHAPTER 12
DISCLOSURE OF
CONSULTANTS
EIA Report
276
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS In order to assess the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed Naphtha
Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) & Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU), M/s IOCL, GR has
engaged Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited, Chennai to undertake EIA study.
The nature of consultancy service rendered covers terrestrial environmental
assessment.
12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS)
Enviro Care Systems was started in the year of 1997 by Dr. J.R.Moses with the
vision to serve the world in all environmental related problems by completing the
latest technological advancements available.
In the year 2004, Enviro Care Systems became Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd
after having collaboration with Hubert Stavoren B.V. for higher Technology.
The company provides total pollution control solutions to several industries like
Thermal Power Plant, Pharma, R&D Facilities, Electroplating and Manufacturing, IT
Parks, Residential Complexes, Dairies, Food Processing, Textile mills, Breweries,
etc.
The company is specialized in executing projects right from concept development,
supply, erection, commissioning and operation on turnkey basis. HECS has
successfully executed more than 200 environmental engineering projects for various
industrial sectors both in India and overseas.
HECS has state-of-art facilities to provide quality environmental consultancy and
engineering solutions.
Strengths of HECS
Number of Employees as on April 2018
Total No of Employees 736
Consultancy 26
Laboratory 77
Projects 19
Operation & Maintenance 614
EIA Report
277
Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIA
I hereby certify that I was involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP for the “Proposed
Naphtha Hydro Treatment Unit (NHDT) & 90 KTPA Semi Regenerative Type
Catalytic Reforming Unit (CRU)” at Patta No 54 & Dag No1, Noonmati Village,
Guwahati Taluk, Kamrup District, Assam Stateby M/s. Indian Oil Corporation
Limited as EIA Coordinatorwith the support of the following Functional Area Experts.
EIA Coordinator
Name: Dr. J R Moses
Signature:
Date:29/08/2020
Contact Information:
Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,
# A-21, Phase III, Behind Lions Club School,
Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,
Chennai – 600032.
Tamil Nadu, India.
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.hecs.in
Functional Area Experts (FAEs):
S. No.
Functional Areas
Name of the Expert Signature Duration of Involvement
13. AP
FAE
Dr. J R Moses
Dec 2017 till date
Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru
Dec 2017 till date
FAA Mr. M Ramesh Kumaran
Oct 2018 till date
14. AQ FAE
Dr. J R Moses
Dec 2017 till date
Mr. B Harsha Vardhan
Dec 2017- Feb 2020
FAA Mr. M Ramesh Kumaran
Oct 2018 till date
15. WP FAE
Dr. J R Moses
Dec 2017 till date
Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru
Dec 2017 till date
FAA
Mr. Chengalvarayan
Dec 2017 till date
16. SHW FAE Mr. A. Manoharan
Dec 2017 till date
EIA Report
278
S. No.
Functional Areas
Name of the Expert Signature Duration of Involvement
Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru
Dec 2017 till
date
Mrs T. Rajani (HW) Dec 2017 till
date
17. SE FAE Mr. V. Dhivakar
Dec 2017 till date
18. EB FAE Mr. A. Manoharan
Dec 2017 till date
Dr. Rajkumar Samuel
Dec 2017 till date
19. HG FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao
Dec 2017 till date
20. Geo FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao
Dec 2017 till date
21. N FAE Mr. Vivek P. Navare
Dec 2017 till date
Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Dec 2017 till date
22. LU FAE Mr. Venkateswarlu Rachala
Dec 2017 till
date
Mr. N. Varadharajan
Dec 2017 till date
23. RH FAE Dr. J R Moses
Dec 2017 till date
24. SC FAE
Mr. A. Manoharan
Dec 2017 till date
AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and control
AQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and prediction
EB - Ecology and biodiversity
HG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservation
Geo - Geology
LU - Land use
N - Noise & Vibration
RH - Risk assessment and hazards management
SC - Soil conservation
SE - Socio-economics
SHW - Solid and hazardous waste management
WP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control
EIA Report
279
12.2 Quality Policy of HECS
12.3 QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation
Consultancy Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai
NABET Certificate No &
Date of validity NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 Valid up to 29/09/2020
MoEF Reg. Lab F.No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW
EIA Report
280
12.4 Copy of QCI NABET Accreditation
EIA Report
282
HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LIMITED
A-21, III-Phase, Behind Lions Club School,
Thiru vi ka Industrial Estate, Guindy, Chennai – 600 032
Ph: +91-44-43635555; Fax: +91-44-43635500